SIPSIMMagazineAugust 1726652715-3

Success in Prelims
Monthly IQ
A Comprehensive Current Affairs Magazine for
UPSC CSE Exam
August 2024
INDEX
1. Polity And Governance ...................................... 3 3.10. Inflation ......................................................... 22
1.1. Performance Audit ......................................... 3 3.11. Alternate Investment Fund (AIF) ............... 22
1.2. Calling Attention Motion ............................... 3 3.12. Rights Issue ................................................... 23
1.3. NCLAT ............................................................ 3 3.13. Predatory Pricing ......................................... 23
1.4. Appointments Committee of the Cabinet ..... 4 3.14. Monetary Policy............................................ 24
1.5. L-G Can Nominate 10 Aldermen To 3.15. Unified Pension Scheme (UPS) .................... 25
Delhi Corporation, Rules SC ......................... 5 4. Agriculture ........................................................ 26
1.6. Justify inclusion of 77 Castes in OBC list:
4.1. HYV Seeds and Biofortified Seeds .............. 26
SC to Bengal Govt. ......................................... 5
4.2. Nitrogen Use Efficiency................................ 26
1.7. Predicate Offense ........................................... 6
4.3. National Pest Surveillance System
1.8. Twin Conditions of Bail Under PMLA......... 7 (NPSS) ........................................................... 26
1.9. Motion for Removal of Vice-President ......... 7 4.4. Krishi Decision Support System (DSS) ....... 27
1.10. Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC) ......... 8 4.5. Digital General Crop Estimation Survey
1.11. Right to Free Movement ................................ 8 (DGCES) ....................................................... 27
1.12. Protection of Children from Sexual 5. Defence and Security ....................................... 28
Offences Act, 2012 (POCSO)........................ 9
5.1. LRGB Gaurav .............................................. 28
1.13. Civil Services Board ....................................... 9
5.2. Tarang Shakti- 2024 ..................................... 28
1.14. Bar Council of India..................................... 10
5.3. INS Arighaat ................................................. 29
2. International Relations .................................... 11
6. Environment ..................................................... 30
2.1. Axis of Resistance ......................................... 11
6.1. Coral Reefs .................................................... 30
2.2. Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-
6.2. Fly Ash........................................................... 30
Sectoral Technical and Economic
Cooperation (BIMSTEC) ............................ 11 6.3. Forest conservation Act (FCA).................... 31
2.3. Promoting Fundamental Principles and 6.4. Clean Plant Programme .............................. 33
Rights at Work (FPRW) Project ................. 12 6.5. Neelakurinji Flower ..................................... 33
2.4. International Criminal Court...................... 13 6.6. Flood Watch App 2.0.................................... 34
2.5. Pacific Islands Forum .................................. 13 6.7. Threat to Aravalli due to Encroachments
2.6. India-Japan 2+2 Dialogue............................ 15 and Deforestation ......................................... 34
2.7. Indo-Pacific Maritime Domain 6.8. National Mission for Clean Ganga
Awareness (IPDMA) .................................... 15 (NMCG) ........................................................ 35
3. Economy ............................................................ 16 6.9. Waggle Dance ............................................... 35
3.1. Index of Industrial Production (IIP) and 6.10. Ethanol Blending Program .......................... 36
Core Industries ............................................. 16 7. Science & Technology ...................................... 38
3.2. Capital Gains Tax ........................................ 16 7.1. Chandipura Virus Infection (CHPV) ......... 38
3.3. Open Market Sales Scheme ......................... 17 7.2. Small Modular Reactors (SMR’s) ............... 38
3.4. Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) ............ 17 7.3. Diabetes ......................................................... 38
3.5. RBI guidelines on Fully Accessible Route 7.4. Sucralose ....................................................... 39
(FAR) ............................................................. 18
7.5. Quantum Computing ................................... 40
3.6. MSME and NPA Stress................................ 19
7.6. New Treatment regimen for Drug-
3.7. Carry Trade .................................................. 20 Resistant TB .................................................. 41
3.8. Cheque Truncation System (CTS) .............. 20 7.7. Jock Itch ........................................................ 42
3.9. Short Selling.................................................. 21
1 ©Study IQ Publication
7.8. Near-Earth Object Wide-field Infrared 10.5. Jiyo Parsi Scheme ......................................... 59
Survey Explorer (NEOWISE) Telescope ... 42 10.6. Pradhan Mantri Kisan Urja Suraksha
7.9. Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Evam Utthan Mahabhiyan (PM
Attack ............................................................ 42 KUSUM) Yojna ............................................ 60
7.10. M-POX .......................................................... 42 10.7. Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas
7.11. Prokaryotes ................................................... 43 (KGBV) ......................................................... 60
7.12. Californium Metal ........................................ 44 10.8. Lakhpati Didi Scheme .................................. 61
7.13. EOS-08 Mission ............................................ 44 11. Places In News .................................................. 62

7.14. India AI Mission ........................................... 45 11.1. Kenya ............................................................. 62
7.15. Jupiter Icy Moons Explorer (JUICE) 11.2. Nigeria ........................................................... 63

mission ........................................................... 45 11.3. Lebanon ......................................................... 63
7.16. India’s Ongoing Space Missions ................. 46 11.4. Mont Blanc .................................................... 64
7.17. Vaccine Derived Polio .................................. 46 11.5. Kursk Region ................................................ 64
7.18. Chandrayaan 4 Mission ............................... 47 11.6. Tungabhadra Dam ....................................... 65
8. History/ Art & Culture .................................... 48 11.7. Gumti River .................................................. 65
8.1. Ancient Inscriptions of Tiruppur................ 48 12. Species in News ................................................. 66
8.2. World Craft City Status to Srinagar .......... 48 12.1. Orangutans ................................................... 66
8.3. Gotipua Dance .............................................. 49 12.2. Northern Bald Ibis ....................................... 66
9. Geography ......................................................... 50 13. Miscellaneous .................................................... 67
9.1. La-Nina ......................................................... 50 13.1. Rashtriya Vigyan Puruskar ......................... 67
9.2. Pyrocumulonimbus Clouds ......................... 51 13.2. National Institute Ranking Framework
9.3. Colour Coded Rainfall Warning by IMD .. 51 (NIRF) ........................................................... 67
9.4. Cloudburst .................................................... 52 13.3. Kumki Elephant ........................................... 68
9.5. Copper Production in the World ................ 53 13.4. Creator’s Economy....................................... 68
9.6. Change in Ganga river Course due to 13.5. Research Designs and Standards
Earthquake ................................................... 53 Organisation (RDSO) ................................... 68
9.7. Renaming of Geological Structures in

Indian Ocean ................................................ 54
9.8. Perseid Meteor .............................................. 54
9.9. Nankai Trough Zone .................................... 55
9.10. Water Spouts ................................................ 56
9.11. World’s Second Largest Diamond .............. 56
10. Schemes in News ............................................... 58
10.1. Employment Linked Scheme (ELS) ........... 58
10.2. AMRUT 2.0................................................... 58
10.3. Regional Connectivity Scheme (RCS) ....... 59
10.4. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana .................... 59
SIP Monthly Magazine Polity and Governance
1. Polity And Governance

1.1. Performance Audit
Context
The Supreme Court of India has reinforced the judiciary's role in directing the government to perform "performance
audits" on statutory laws to assess their real-world impact.
More on News
● The judiciary has the authority and responsibility to direct the government to conduct performance audits of its
laws.
● Such audits can be ordered when there is judicial data or compelling evidence showing that the laws have not
achieved their goals.
About Performance Audit

● A performance audit evaluates the efficiency, effectiveness, and economy of a government program, law, or
project.
● Unlike financial audits, which focus on accuracy and compliance, performance audits aim to assess whether the
objectives of a law or program are being met and how well resources are being utilised to achieve those goals.
1.2. Calling Attention Motion

Context
Recently the Union Home Minister replied to a Calling Attention Motion raised on the matter of Wayanad Landslide.
About Calling Attention Motion

● It is introduced in the Parliament by a member to call the attention of a minister to a matter of urgent public
importance, and to seek an authoritative statement from him on that matter.
● It can be moved in Rajya Sabha as well as Lok Sabha.
● It gives members an opportunity to bring to the surface the failure or inadequate action of Government on a
matter of urgent public importance.
○ This procedural device is analogous to an adjournment motion without its censure aspect.
● Like Zero Hour, it is also an Indian innovation in the parliamentary procedure.
○ However, unlike Zero Hour, it is mentioned in the Rules of Procedure.
● The concept of Calling Attention Motion was introduced in 1954.
● It's essential to note that only one issue can be raised during the motion.
○ If multiple matters are raised, the speaker decides which one is most important and should be taken up
first.
1.3. NCLAT
Context
Recently NCLAT accepted the settlement agreement between Byju’s and the Board of Control for Cricket in India
(BCCI). It has set aside the order directing insolvency proceedings against Bjyu’s parent company Think and Learn
Private Limited
About NCLAT (National Company Law Appellate Tribunal)

● It was constituted in 2016 under Section 410 of the Companies Act, 2013 for hearing appeals against the orders
of the National Company Law Tribunal(s) (NCLT)
● It was established to provide an efficient and specialised forum for addressing matters related to company law,
insolvency, and competition law.
● Benches: Principal Bench - New Delhi, Additional Bench - Chennai
● Objectives:
○ Hear appeals against the orders passed by NCLT.
○ Hear appeals against the orders passed by Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India.
○ To hear and dispose of appeals against any direction issued or decision made or order passed by the
Competition Commission of India (CCI).
○ It is also the Appellate Tribunal to hear and dispose of appeals against the orders of the National Financial
Reporting Authority.
● Composition:
○ It is composed of a chairperson and judicial and technical members.
○ These members are appointed by the Central Government based on their expertise and experience in
relevant fields such as law, finance, accountancy, management, and administration.
1.4. Appointments Committee of the Cabinet

Context
The Appointments Committee of the Cabinet (ACC) approved the proposal of the Union Home Ministry to repatriate
Director-General and Special D-G of the BSF to their parent cadres.
Cabinet Committees
● The roots of Cabinet committees lie in the Indian Council Act, 1861 which came into force during the time of Lord
Canning.
○ The act introduced the portfolio system and the Executive Council of the Governor-General.
● Features of Cabinet Committees:
○ Extra-Constitutional nature: not mentioned in the constitution. The Government of India Transaction of
Business Rules, 1961 provides for their establishment.
○ Types: Standing and Ad hoc.
○ Constituted by the Prime Minister
○ Membership: three to eight ministers. Generally, they are made up of only Cabinet Ministers. However, Non-
Cabinet Ministers can also be invited for their meetings.
○ Chairman: The Prime Minister is usually in charge of these committees. Sometimes other Cabinet Ministers
are also in charge.
■ E.g. Cabinet Committee on Parliamentary Affairs is headed by Raj Nath Singh, Minister of Defence
About Appointments Committee of the Cabinet

● It is headed by the Prime Minister. The Union Minister of Home Affairs is its only member.
● Functions:
○ Make decisions on appointments to several
key positions under the government
including chiefs of the Army, Navy and Air
Force, RBI governor, Solicitor General, Chief
Vigilance Officers, Secretariat appointments
of and above the rank of joint secretary, etc.
○ Decide all cases of disagreement relating to
appointments between the department or ministry
concerned and the Union Public Service Commission.
About Border Security Force

● It is the world’s largest border–guarding force with its
independent air, water, camel and equestrian wings.
● It was established on 1 December 1965 in the aftermath of
the India-Pakistan war
● BSF has been deployed all over the country to maintain law
and order, internal security duties, counter-insurgency
operations, anti-Naxal operations, election duties and
disaster relief.
1.5. L-G Can Nominate 10 Aldermen To Delhi Corporation, Rules SC

Context
The Supreme Court has ruled that the Lieutenant-Governor (L-G) has the power to nominate 10 aldermen (expert
persons) to the Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD).
Powers of L-G in relation to Nomination

● The 1993 amendment in Delhi Municipal Corporation
Act, 1957 (Section 3) vested the power to nominate 10
expert persons. The nominated person must have
special knowledge of municipal administration.
● It is a statutory duty of L-G and he is not bound by the
aid and advice of the Council of Ministers.
● For the past 30 years, the LG has nominated aldermen
based on the aid and advice of the Delhi government.
● Recent nominations by the L-G were the first instance since the enactment of Article 239AA where the L-G
bypassed the elected government for MCD nominations.
Amendments And Constitutional Provisions

● 69th Amendment Act, 1992:
○ Added two new Articles, 239AA and 239AB
○ Gave special status to the Union Territory of Delhi.
○ Article 239AA: The Union Territory of Delhi will be called the National Capital Territory of Delhi, and its
administrator will be known as the Lt. Governor.
■ It establishes a legislative assembly for Delhi, which can make laws on subjects in the State List and
Concurrent List, except for public order, land, and police.
■ It provides for a Council of Ministers for Delhi, whose strength can be up to 10% of the total number
of assembly members.
○ Article 239AB: Allows the President to suspend the operation of any part of Article 239AA or any related
laws. This is similar to the provision for President’s Rule under Article 356.
th
● 74 Amendment Act, 1992:
○ This amendment introduced Part IX-A dealing with the administration of Municipalities and Nagar Palikas.
○ It consists of Articles 243P to 243ZG and added a new 12th schedule with 18 items.
1.6. Justify inclusion of 77 Castes in OBC list: SC to Bengal Govt.

Context
The Supreme Court asked the West Bengal government to justify including 77 castes, largely Muslim communities, in
the State’s Other Backward Classes (OBC) List.
More In News
● The order follows an appeal by the State government against a judgement of the Calcutta High Court striking down
the inclusion of several of these castes in the OBC list.
● The SC asked to clarify the nature and scope of the survey undertaken to identify the social and educational
backwardness of these communities, and their inadequacy of representation in the State public services, which
warranted their inclusion in the OBC list.
Process of Inclusion of Communities in Central OBC List

● NCBC Recommendations → Cabinet Approval →
President’s notification.
● Role of NCBC: The National Commission for Backward
Classes (NCBC) examines requests from states for the
inclusion of castes in the Central OBC list.
○ The NCBC forms a Bench to review the proposals
and makes a decision on the inclusion.
○ The NCBC forwards its decision to the Union
government.
● Cabinet Approval: Union cabinet takes a decision regarding the inclusion of communities in the Central list of
OBCs.
● Presidential Notification: After Cabinet approval, the President notifies the change.
Articles and Amendments

● Article 15(4): The State has the authority to make special provisions for the advancement of socially and
educationally backward classes (OBCs).
○ These provisions include reservation of seats in educational institutions, financial assistance, scholarships,
and free housing.
● Article 16(4): The State is empowered to enact laws for reserving appointments or posts in favour of OBCs.
● Article 340: President, may by order appoint to investigate the conditions of SEBCs and to make
recommendations.
● Article 342A (1): It authorises the President (in consultation of the governor of the state) to specify the Central
list of the OBCs, in relation to a particular State or Union Territory.
○ Further, any modification to the central list of the OBCs can be done only by the Parliament.
● 105th Constitutional Amendment Act, 2021:
○ The 105th Amendment Act restores the power to grant both the Union and the States the power to recognize
SEBCs (commonly referred to as OBCs).
○ The amendment introduced a new clause 3 in Article 342A and also amended the Articles 366 (26c) and
338B (9).
Commissions Constituted For OBCs

● Kalelkar Commission (1953): Established by the President in 1953 to investigate the conditions of OBCs.
○ The recommendations of the Kalelkar Commission were never implemented.
● Mandal Commission (1979): Appointed in 1979 to further investigate the conditions of OBCs and suggest
measures for their upliftment.
○ The implementation of the recommendations was challenged in the Indra Sawhney vs Union of India case.
● Justice Rohini Commission (2017): Established in 2017, headed by Justice G. Rohini, to examine the sub-
categorization of OBC caste groups.
○ Aimed to ensure a more equitable distribution of reservation benefits among OBCs.
○ The Commission submitted its report in 2023, but it has not yet been implemented.
1.7. Predicate Offense

Context
The Supreme Court has asked the Directorate of Enforcement to first establish the predicate offence before
commencement of trial in the money laundering case against former Tamil Nadu Minister V. Senthil Balaji
About Predicate Offense

● A predicate offence is a crime that forms part of a broader criminal activity often linked to money laundering or
organised crime.
● A predicate offence is a component of a more serious crime.
○ E.g. Producing unlawful funds is the primary offence and money laundering is the predicate offence.
1.8. Twin Conditions of Bail Under PMLA

Context
● A review petition was accepted by the Supreme Court against its July 2022 judgement.
● The 2022 judgement gave unbridled powers to the Enforcement Directorate (ED) to arrest and summon individuals
and raid private property under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA).
About PMLA
● The Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002
was enacted in January, 2003.
● The Act seeks to combat money laundering in India and
has three main objectives –
○ To prevent and control money laundering
○ To confiscate and seize the property obtained
from the laundered money; and
○ To deal with any other issue connected with money laundering in India.
Twin conditions of bail under PMLA

● Section 45 of the PMLA poses stringent thresholds for an accused.
○ First: the person has to prove in court that he or she is prima facie innocent of the offence.
○ Second: the accused should be able to convince the judge he would not commit any offence while on bail.
● The burden of proof is entirely on the accused.
● Section 45 of the PMLA first states that no court can grant bail except in a few exceptions.
● Similar provisions in other statutes
○ Section 36AC of The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940,
○ Section 37 of The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985, and
○ Section 43D(5) of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967.
1.9. Motion for Removal of Vice-President

Context
The Opposition parties in Rajya Sabha are considering to move a no-confidence motion against Vice-President Jagdeep
Dhankhar.
Process of Removal
● Article 67(B): Provides the constitutional basis for the
removal of the Vice-President of India.
● Resolution for Removal
○ The Vice-President can be removed by a
resolution passed by a majority of all the then
members of the Rajya Sabha (effective
majority)
○ Such a resolution passed by the Rajya Sabha needs to be agreed to by the Lok Sabha.
● Notice of 14 days in advance must be given to the incumbent vice-president.
1.10. Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC)

Context
Recently the Union Government announced a 31-member Joint Parliamentary Committee to examine the contentious
Waqf Amendment Bill, 2024.
About Joint Parliamentary Committee

● A JPC is set up by the Parliament for a special purpose, mainly for the detailed scrutiny of a subject or Bill.
● It consists of members from both the Houses and from both the ruling parties and the opposition.
● Composition of the JPC is decided by Parliament also there is no fixed number of members in the committee.
● It is dissolved after its term ends or its task has been completed.
● The recommendations made by the committee are not binding on the government.
Powers of the committee

● A JPC has the authority to gather evidence from experts, public
bodies, associations, individuals or interested parties suo motu
or on requests made by them.
● If a witness fails to appear before a JPC in response to
summons, his conduct constitutes contempt of the House.
● Ministers are not generally called by the committee to give
evidence.
○ However, with the permission of the Speaker, the JPC
can seek information on certain points from ministers
or call them.
1.11. Right to Free Movement

Context
The Supreme Court has urged Governments of Punjab and Haryana to work together towards a phased opening of the
long-blockaded Shambhu border.
About Right to Free Movement

● Provided under: Article 19 (1)(d) of the Indian
Constitution
○ It guarantees the citizens of India the right to
move freely throughout the territory of India
Reasonable Restrictions on Right to Free Movement

● Article 19 (5), provides two grounds of imposing reasonable restrictions on this freedom,
○ Interests of the general public
○ Protection of interests of any scheduled tribe.
Related Supreme court Judgement

● SC in Shaheen Bagh case held that public places cannot be blocked indefinitely.
● Protests can happen only on “designated sites”, emphasising that the freedom of assembly Cannot restrict
the people's right to use the public ways.
1.12. Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, 2012 (POCSO)

Context:
In a recent judgement Delhi High Court said that Criminal proceedings can be initiated against a woman for committing
the offence of penetrative sexual assault on a child.
Key features of POCSO Act

● Confidentiality of the victim’s identity: The act lays down a protocol for media and prohibits disclosure of victim’s
identity, except when permitted by the Special Courts established under the act.
● A gender-neutral law: The act defines a child as “any person” below 18 years of age.
● Different forms of sexual abuse: The Act clearly explains and distinguishes between different forms of sexual
abuse, including non-penetrative and penetrative assault, sexual assault and aggravated sexual assault, among
others.
● No time limit for reporting abuse: A victim can report an offence at any time, even a number of years after the
incidence of abuse.
● Consent under POCSO: The POCSO Act criminalises all sexual activity for those under the age of 18, regardless of
whether consent is factually present between the two minors in a particular case or not.
● Establishment of Special courts for trial of POCSO cases: To provide speedy delivery of justice. The act stipulates
that cases should be disposed of within a year.
Amendment in POCSO Act (2019)

● It introduced death penalty for the offence of aggravated penetrative sexual assault.
● It introduced offences for transmitting or propagating pornographic materials involving a child.
The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR)

● It is a statutory body constituted by the GoI under the Commission for Protection of Child Rights Act, 2005.
● Composition – Chairperson (Not necessarily Woman) + 6 members (At Least 2 Women)
● NCPCR has certain responsibilities in relation to the implementation of the POCSO Act like monitoring
designation of Special Courts by State Governments, monitoring the appointment of public prosecutors by State
Governments, etc
1.13. Civil Services Board

Context
The Karnataka High Court questioned the State Government for failing to establish a Civil Services Board, even after
10 years of the Supreme Court's directive.
About Civil Services Board (CSB)

● CSB is a panel formed to regulate transfers and postings of higher ranking civil services officers.
● It is headed by the cabinet secretary at the national level and chief secretaries at the state level.
● The Department of Personnel Rules 2016 made it mandatory for all states to set up such boards.
○ These rules were formulated based on the recommendations of;
■ Hota Committee (2004)
■ 2nd ARC
■ SC judgement in T S R Subramanian and others v. Union of India case, 2013
1.14. Bar Council of India

Context
The Supreme Court has taken suo motu cognisance to reform advocates’ bodies and has sought suggestions for
improving Bar associations and Bar Councils across the country.
About Bar Council of India (BCI)

● It is a statutory body established under the Advocates Act 1961 to regulate and represent the Indian bar.
● Functions:
○ Exercise disciplinary jurisdiction over the bar.
○ Sets standards for legal education.
○ Grants recognition to Law Universities
○ It conducts the All India Bar Examination (AIBE) to grant a 'Certificate of Practice' to advocates practising law
in India.
● In March 2023 BCI notified Rules for Registration and Regulation of Foreign Lawyers and Foreign Law Firms in
India, allowing foreign lawyers and law firms to practice in India.
○ However, The foreign lawyers or foreign Law Firms are not permitted to appear before any courts, tribunals
or other statutory or regulatory authorities,
Composition of BCI
● Attorney General of India. (ex-officio)
● Solicitor General of India. (ex-officio)
● One member from each State Bar Council.
● Chairman and vice-chairman to be elected by the council.
Who is an Advocate on Record (AOR)?

● AOR is a lawyer who is qualified to plead on behalf of their clients in the Supreme Court of India.
● Only AORs can file cases before the Supreme Court, and no other advocate can appear or plead for a party
unless instructed by an AOR or permitted by the court.
SIP Monthly Magazine International Relations
2. International Relations
2.1. Axis of Resistance

Context
Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh was assassinated in an air strike in Tehran. Hamas is a key group under the Axis of
Resistance.
Formation and Purpose of the 'Axis of Resistance'

● Origin: It was formed in the wake of the Iranian Revolution of 1979 when radical Shia Muslim clerics rose to power
in Iran.
● Inspiration for the formation: The term 'axis of resistance' is a response to former US President George W. Bush's
reference to Iran, Iraq, and North Korea as an "axis of evil" in his 2002 State of the Union address.
● Objective:
○ The coalition was established to expand Iran's political and military influence in a predominantly Sunni region.
○ To counter threats from Israel and the US, and oppose to Western influence in the Middle East Region.
Key Groups in the 'Axis of Resistance'

● Hezbollah:
○ Formation: Established by Iran’s Revolutionary Guards in the early 1980s to combat Israeli forces in Lebanon.
○ Size and Power: Estimated to have 30,000 to 45,000 members and possesses a significant arsenal.
○ Engaged in multiple conflicts with Israel, including a major war in 2006 and subsequent skirmishes.
● Hamas:
○ It is a Palestinian Sunni militant group that has governed Gaza since 2007 and originated during the First
Intifada in 1987.
○ Goals: Opposes Zionism and advocates for a Palestinian homeland.
○ Support: allegedly receives funding, weapons, and expertise from Iran.
● Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ):
○ Formation: Founded in 1979 as an offshoot of the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt.
○ Objective: Aims to establish an Islamic state in Palestine and is considered the second-largest militant group
in Gaza and the West Bank after Hamas.
● Houthis:
○ Background: Houthis are a political and religious group which advocates for Yemen's Shia Muslim minority,
known as the Zaidis.
○ Activities: Known for attacking ships in the Red Sea, especially in response to Israeli actions in Gaza.
2.2. Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic

Cooperation (BIMSTEC)
Context
Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has called for the resumption of stalled Free Trade Agreement (FTA)
negotiations among BIMSTEC countries, including Nepal and Bhutan.
About BIMSTEC
● BIMSTEC is a multilateral regional organisation established to accelerate shared growth and cooperation among
countries in the Bay of Bengal region.
● The charter of BIMSTEC came into effect in May 2024, 27 years after the grouping was first envisioned in Bangkok,
Thailand.
○ The charter gives the organisation a legal personality,
○ establishes a mechanism for admitting new members and observers, and
○ enables negotiations and agreements with countries and other regional and international groupings.
Origin and Membership

● Founded as BIST-EC (Bangladesh, India, Sri Lanka, and Thailand Economic Cooperation) in June 1997 with the
Bangkok Declaration.
● Renamed BIMST-EC with the entry of Myanmar in late 1997.
● Became BIMSTEC with the inclusion of Nepal and Bhutan in 2004.
Working Mechanism
● Policy Making: It is carried out through summits and ministerial meetings.
● Summits: Held every two years.
● Ministerial Meetings: Foreign and Commerce Ministers meet annually to decide on trade and economic affairs.
● Operational Meetings: Senior officials meet twice a year to monitor the activities of the grouping.
2.3. Promoting Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work (FPRW) Project

Context
Recently the FPRW project was launched in Cotton rich districts of India to eliminate child labourers working in cotton
fields.
Why was it launched?

● As cotton and hybrid cotton seeds from India continue to remain in the United States Labour Department’s ‘List
of Goods Produced by Child Labour or Forced Labour’.
About FPRW Project

● It is a joint project of Confederation of Indian Textile Industry (CITI) and International Labour Organization (ILO)
● Main Objectives of the Project:
○ Elimination of child labour,
○ Abolition of forced labour,
○ Elimination of all forms of discrimination, and
○ Promotion of a safe and healthy working environment among the cotton growing community in India.
● This project seeks to empower small and marginal farmers by enhancing their awareness of worker rights and
improving their access to crucial social protection schemes.
2.4. International Criminal Court

Context
Ukranian Parliament has ratified the Rome Statute allowing the country to join the International Criminal Court (ICC).
About International Criminal Court (ICC)

● ICC is a permanent judicial institution established under the Rome Statute in 1998.
● Headquarter: Hague, Netherlands
● Mandate: to investigate, prosecute, and adjudicate individuals accused of committing genocide, war crimes,
crimes against humanity, and the crime of aggression.
● Members: 123 member nations (US, China, Russia, and India are not members)
● Composition: The Court has eighteen judges, each from a different member country, elected to nonrenewable
nine-year terms
● Unlike the International Court of Justice (ICJ) it is not an Organ of the United Nations.
2.5. Pacific Islands Forum

Context
The UN secretary general, António Guterres, will also
attend the Pacific Island forum’s summit, which is going to
be held in Tonga with a focus on climate change in the
region.
About Pacific Islands Forum (PIF)

● It is a framework of regional cooperation
founded in 1971 by the newly independent
Pacific island countries.
● Secretariat: Suva, Fiji.
● Members (18): Australia, Cook Islands,
Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, French
Polynesia, Kiribati, Nauru, New Caledonia,
New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea,
Republic of Marshall Islands, Samoa, Solomon
Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu.
● India is currently Dialogue partner of the
forum.
2.6. India-Japan 2+2 Dialogue

Context
India-Japan 2+2 ministerial meeting was held after a gap of nearly two years, with the last edition held in Tokyo in
September 2022.
What is 2+2 Dialogue?

● It is a high-level diplomatic dialogue involving the foreign and defence ministers of two countries.
● Comprehensive discussions are held on a wide range of issues, including defence cooperation, regional security,
and strategic alignment.
● India’s 2+2 Dialogue Partners: US, Russia, Japan, Australia, Brazil, and United Kingdom. 2+2 dialogue with the
UK is currently held at Senior Official level. With other countries it is held at ministerial level.
2.7. Indo-Pacific Maritime Domain Awareness (IPDMA)

Context
Recently the Union Defence Minister visited the USA. During the visit Defence Minister’s of both the countries
appreciated the progress made in operationalising the Indo-Pacific Maritime Domain Awareness.
What is IPDMA?
● It is a technology and training initiative to enhance maritime domain awareness in the Indo-Pacific region.
● Objective:
○ To develop and disseminate real-time information on activities like dark shipping in the Indian Ocean.
○ To integrate 3 critical regions in the Indo-Pacific — the Pacific Islands, Southeast Asia, and the Indian Ocean
Region (IOR).
● Launched: During QUAD leaders summit in Tokyo (2022)
○ QUAD members: USA, India, Australia and Japan
Related Terms
● Dark Shipping:
○ It is a term used to describe a vessel operating with its Automatic Identification System (AIS) turned off
making it difficult to track for maritime authorities.
○ It is associated with Illegal activities such as Smuggling, Trafficking, Illegal fishing etc.
SIP Monthly Magazine Economy
3. Economy
3.1. Index of Industrial Production (IIP) and Core Industries
Context
Growth in India’s eight core sectors slipped to a 20-month low of 4% in June 2024.
About IIP
● IIP shows the growth rates in different industry groups of the economy in a fixed period of time.
● Published Monthly by Central Statistical Organization (CSO), Ministry of Statistics and Programme
Implementation.
● Base Year: 2011-2012.
Index Of Eight Core Industries

● These eight core industries constitute 40.27% of the total index of industrial production (IIP).
● Prepared by Office of the Economic Advisor, Ministry of Commerce and Industry and is published monthly with
the base year as 2011-12.
● Weightage of different sectors in the Index:
3.2. Capital Gains Tax

Context
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced that the tax on long-term capital gains will be reduced from 20%
with indexation benefits to 12.5% without indexation benefits.
About Capital Gains Tax

● Meaning: Profits accumulated from the sale of any capital
asset.
● Levied: When an asset is transferred between owners.
● Applies: To both individuals and businesses.
● Types:
○ Short-term:
■ Any asset that is held for less than 36 months.
■ In the case of immovable properties, the duration is 24 months.
○ Long-term:
■ Any asset that is held for over 36 months.
■ For assets like preference shares, equities, UTI units, securities, equity-based Mutual Funds and zero-
coupon bonds are also considered as long-term capital assets if they are held for over a year.
Indexation
● Meaning: Process of adjusting the original purchase price of an asset or investment in order to neutralise the
impact of inflation on it.
● Significance: It helps in arriving at the cost of acquisition during sale of an asset or redeeming an investment.
3.3. Open Market Sales Scheme

Context
The Central Government has announced that States can directly purchase rice from Food Corporation of India (FCI)
under the Open Market Sale Scheme (Domestic) without participating in e-auction.
What is Open Market Sale Scheme (OMSS)?

It is a government initiative that aims to reduce the excess stock of food grains held by the FCI and state agencies.
How does it work?

Under this scheme, the FCI sells surplus food grains from the central pool (especially wheat and rice) in the open
market through e-auctions to traders, bulk consumers, retail chains and so on at predetermined prices.
Recently Revised OMSS Guidelines by Central Government

● The Centre decided to restrict the quantity that a single bidder can purchase in a single bid. From 3000 metric
tonnes (MT) per bid to 10--100 metric tonnes.
● Quantities have been reduced to accommodate more small and marginal buyers.
About Food Corporation Of India

● Statutory body under the Food Corporation Act, 1964
● Established In: 1965
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution.
● Role: Execution of food policies of the government.
● Objectives:
○ Effective price support operations for safeguarding the interests of the farmers.
○ Distribution of food grains throughout the country for a public distribution system.
○ Maintaining satisfactory level of operational and buffer stocks of food grains to ensure National Food
Security.
3.4. Purchasing Managers Index (PMI)

Context
Recently the PMI Index for the month of July was released.
About PMI
● It measures the month-over-month change in economic activity within both the manufacturing and services
sector.
● IHS Markit produces the PMI for India.
● It measures activity at the purchasing or input stage.
● PMI does not capture informal sector activity.
● It helps in determining whether the market conditions, as seen by purchasing managers, are expanding,
contracting or staying the same.
3.5. RBI guidelines on Fully Accessible Route (FAR)

Context
Recently RBI said that Foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) will no longer have access to newly issued Indian government
bonds with 14-year and 30-year tenors under the fully accessible route (FAR) with immediate effect.
What are Government Security (G-Sec)

● It is a tradable instrument issued by the Central Government or the State Governments.
● It acknowledges the Government’s debt obligation.
● G-Secs carry practically no risk of default. Therefore they are called risk-free gilt-edged instruments.
Types of G-Sec
Short Term
● Treasury Bills (T-bills): These are short term government securities with a maturity period of less than one year
issued by the central government of India and are issued in three tenors- 91 day, 182 day and 364 day .
● Cash Management Bills (CMBs): Introduced in 2010 by the Government of India.
○ CMBs are short-term instruments designed to address temporary cash flow mismatches.
○ Primary difference between T-bills and CMBs is that CMBs issued for tenure less than 91 days.
Long term
● Government Bonds (Dated Securities): These securities are issued at their face value and retain this value until
redemption.
○ The tenure of bonds/dated securities ranges from 5 to 40 years.
○ The 9 types of bonds/dated securities:
■ Capital Indexed Bonds
■ Special Securities
■ 7.75% Savings (Taxable) Bonds, 2018
■ Bonds with Call/Put Options
■ Floating Rate Bonds
■ Fixed Rate Bonds
■ Special Securities
■ Inflation Indexed Bonds
■ STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities)
State Development Loans (SDLs)

● State governments issue SDLs to finance development projects. These bonds have fixed interest rates and provide
semi-annual coupon payments.
Note:
● The Union Government issues both treasury bills and bonds/dated securities while the State Governments
issue only bonds/dated securities, which are called the State Development Loans (SDLs).
About Fully Accessible Route

● It was introduced by the RBI in 2020.
● Eligible Investors: FPIs, Non-Resident Indians, Overseas Citizens of India (OCI)
● FAR regulations impose no limits on investments by Non-Resident Indian retail investors.
● This scheme operates along with the two existing routes - the Medium Term Framework (MTF) and the Voluntary
Retention Route (VRR).
3.6. MSME and NPA Stress

Context
The Supreme Court has mandated that banks and creditors must detect early signs of financial stress in the accounts
of MSMEs before such accounts become non-performing.
About Non-Performing assets (NPA)

● It is a loan or advance for which the principal or interest payment remains overdue for a period of 90 days.
● Classification (as per the RBI guidelines):
○ Substandard assets: Assets which have remained NPA for a period less than or equal to 12 months.
○ Doubtful assets: An asset that has remained in the substandard category for a period of 12 months.
○ Loss assets: It is considered “uncollectible” or of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is
not warranted, although there may be some recovery value.
● Metrics that help us to understand the NPA situation of any bank:
○ Gross NPA: It refers to the total NPAs of the banks.
○ Net NPA: Net NPA is calculated as Gross NPA -Provisioning Amount.
■ i.e. Net NPA gives the exact value of NPAs after the bank has made specific provisions for it.
What is Provisioning?
● Provisioning is a mechanism to counter bad assets.
● Under provisioning, banks have to set aside or provide funds to a prescribed percentage of their bad assets.
● The percentage of bad assets that has to be ‘provided for’ is called provisioning coverage ratio.
Special Mention Accounts (SMA)

● Introduced by the RBI
● What is it?: These are the accounts that have not-yet turned NPAs but rather these accounts can potentially
become NPAs in future if no suitable action is taken.
● Purpose: To identify emerging stress in the assets of banks and NBFCs.
● Categories:
○ SMA-0: Principal or interest payment not overdue for more than 30 days but account showing signs of
incipient stress.
○ SMA-1: Principal or interest payment overdue between 31-60 days.
○ SMA-2: Principal or interest payment overdue between 61-90 days.
3.7. Carry Trade

Context
Global stock markets experienced their steepest drop in decades with the yen carry trade being a significant
contributing factor to this decline.
About Carry Trade

● A carry trade is an investment strategy where
investors borrow money in a currency with
low interest rates and use it to invest in assets
denominated in a currency with higher
interest rates.
● The goal is to profit from the interest rate
differential while hoping for favourable
exchange rate movements.
● For instance, investors might borrow Japanese
yen (which has historically low interest rates)
and invest in higher-yielding currencies like US
dollars or Mexican pesos.
● Carry trades can also be risky and volatile
because:
○ Interest Rate Changes: When central
banks adjust interest rates, it affects the
attractiveness of carry trades.
■ For example, when the Bank of Japan raised interest rates from nearly zero to 0.25%, it disrupted yen-
based carry trades.
○ Exchange Rate Movements: Fluctuations in exchange rates can impact the profitability of carry trades. If the
currency used for borrowing strengthens
unexpectedly, it can lead to losses.
○ Global Economic Conditions: Carry trades are
sensitive to economic shifts. Concerns about a
looming recession in the US or other global
economic uncertainties can trigger sudden
unwinding of carry trades, affecting asset
prices.
○ Market Instability: Carry trades played a
significant role in the collapse of the Japanese
stock market in early August 2024.
3.8. Cheque Truncation System (CTS)

Context
● The RBI has announced continuous clearing of cheques under the Cheque Truncation System (CTS) to expedite
cheque clearance.
● Presently, it takes around two days for clearance of a cheque. With the implementation of this system, cheques
will be cleared within hours of submission.
About CTS
● It is an online image-based cheque clearing system. Cheque images and Magnetic Ink Character Recognition
(MICR) data are captured at the collecting bank branch and transmitted electronically, eliminating the physical
cheque movement.
● CTS is protected by a comprehensive Public key infrastructure (PKI)-based security architecture.
3.9. Short Selling

Context
Short-selling strategy firm Hindenburg
Research accused SEBI's investigation into
Adani Group of being compromised, alleging
conflict of interest involving the SEBI
Chairman and her husband.
What is Short Selling?

● When an investor borrows a security
and sells it on the open market,
planning to repurchase later for less
money.
● It is a highly complicated trading
strategy that reaps huge profits on
correct predictions.
● At the same time, it could lead to heavy
losses if the value of a shorted stock
does not go down.
3.10. Inflation
Context
Inflation in India’s consumer prices reduced to an almost 5-year low of 3.54% in July.
Reason behind dramatic decline

● Sharp decrease in food prices: Food inflation rate declined from 9.36% in June to 5.42% in July.
● Base effect: In July 2023, retail inflation was 7.4% and the food index was 11.5%.
Headline vs Core Inflation

● Headline inflation is the total inflation in an economy.
● Core inflation excludes the volatile categories such as food and fuel to measure the increase in the prices of goods
and services.
● A drastic fall in the food and fuel prices can bring down the headline inflation to a large extent. However, the core
inflation may remain unaffected.
● Presently, the RBI targets CPI headline rate of inflation and not the Core Inflation.
3.11. Alternate Investment Fund (AIF)

Context
In a recent notification SEBI allowed Category I and II AIFs to borrow only to meet temporary funding requirements.
SEBI has capped such borrowings at 10% of the investable funds.
What is AIF?
AIFs are funds that pool capital from investors to invest in asset classes such as real estate, venture capital and private
and public equity.
How can it be established?

It can be established under the SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012 or incorporated in the form
of a trust or a company or a limited liability partnership or a body corporate.
Categories of AIF
Under SEBI guidelines, AIFs operate in three Categories:
● Category I: AIFs invest in areas which the government considers as economically desirable.
○ Example: Startups, MSMEs, Infrastructure

funds.
● Category II: AIFs includes real estate funds,
private equity funds, and funds for distressed
assets. Such funds are prohibited from raising
debt except for meeting day-to-day
requirements.
● Category III: AIFs are those investing with a
view to make short-term returns and include
hedge funds.
3.12. Rights Issue

Context
Recently SEBI proposed some changes on Rights Issue of shares in a consultation paper.
What is a Rights Issue?

● A rights issue is an opportunity offered by a company to its existing shareholders to purchase additional shares
directly from the company at a discounted price, rather than buying them in the secondary market.
● Only existing shareholders get rights to purchase these new shares.
● It helps the company raise more money without bringing in new outside investors.
3.13. Predatory Pricing

Context
The Union Commerce and Industry Minister has raised questions about the predatory pricing strategies followed by
major e-commerce companies like Amazon.
About Predatory Pricing

● It is a business
strategy where a
company lowers its
prices to drive out
competitors and
establish a strong
market position.
● It is a form of anti-
competitive
behaviour and is
illegal (under Section
4, the Competition
Act, 2002) because it
can create a
monopoly and
eliminate choice.
● The goal is to
eventually raise
prices once the
competition is weakened or removed.
● Predatory pricing is often used by large companies that can absorb short-term losses.
3.14. Monetary Policy

Context
The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) of Reserve Bank of India has decided to keep the policy repo rate unchanged
at 6.50% for the 9th consecutive time.
What is Monetary Policy?

It is a policy of the RBI to regulate money supply in the economy and to achieve price stability and accelerated
economic growth.
Tools of Monetary Policy

● Liquid adjustment facility (LAF): It is a facility provided by RBI to scheduled commercial banks to avail of liquidity
in case of need or to park excess funds with RBI on an overnight basis against the collateral of government
securities.
● Repo rate: It is the interest rate charged by the RBI on overnight loans given to the commercial banks under the
Liquidity Adjustment Facility.
● Reverse repo rate: It is an interest rate given by the RBI to commercial banks when the latter parks one-day
deposits with the RBI.
3.15. Unified Pension Scheme (UPS)

Context
Recently, the Union Government has introduced a Unified Pension Scheme replacing the 21-year-old National Pension
System (NPS).
About UPS
● Launched on 24th August, 2024
● Key Features:
○ Assured pension: Government employees will get 50% of the average basic pay drawn over the last 12 months
prior to superannuation.
■ Minimum tenure of service for pension - 25 years
○ Assured Minimum pension: A minimum pension of ₹10,000 per month is assured for those who complete at
least 10 years of central government service.
○ Family pension: The next of kin of the deceased employee will receive 60% of the pension that the employee
was getting just before his/her death.
○ Superannuation payout: A lump sum payment in addition to gratuity benefits will be provided at the time of
retirement.
○ Dearness Relief: based on All India Consumer Price Index for Industrial Workers (AICPI-IW) for in-service
employees.
● Contributions under UPS:
○ Employees: 10% of their salary.
○ Government: 18.5% of the salary.
● Beneficiaries: UPS applies to all those who retired under the NPS from 2004 onwards and is currently applicable
to Central Government Employees only.
SIP Monthly Magazine Agriculture
4. Agriculture
4.1. HYV Seeds and Biofortified Seeds
Context
Prime Minister Narendra Modi released 109 high yielding, climate resilient and biofortified varieties of crops at India
Agricultural Research Institute, New Delhi.
What are High Yielding Variety (HYV) Seeds?

● Seeds which have a high yielding capacity and are resistant to insects and diseases. These seeds played an
important role in India’s Green Revolution.
● Examples:
○ Wheat: HD 2967, PBW 343, and WH 1105.
○ Rice: IR 64, MTU 1010, and CR Dhan 416.
○ Maize: HM 4 and HM 10.
○ Pulses: Pusa Vishal (Pigeon Pea) and Pusa 1053 (Chickpea).
○ Millets: HHB 67 (Pearl Millet) and CO 4 (Finger Millet).
Difference Between Biofortification and Fortification

● Biofortification is a technology that involves improving the nutritional value of food at the production level.
● Fortification is a technology that involves adding nutrients directly to food during processing.
4.2. Nitrogen Use Efficiency

Context
Biotechnologists at Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha University (GGU) in New Delhi found significant variation in
nitrogen use efficiency (NUE) among popular rice varieties in India.
About Nitrogen Use

Efficiency (NUE)
● It refers to the
effectiveness with
which a plant utilises
available nitrogen
(both natural and
synthetic) for growth
and yield.
● Higher NUE indicates
that a plant can
produce more yield
with less nitrogen
input, reducing
fertiliser costs and
minimising
environmental
impacts like pollution
and nutrient runoff.
4.3. National Pest Surveillance System (NPSS)

Context
The Union Ministry of Agriculture and Farmer Welfare has launched the National Pest Surveillance System (NPSS).
SIP Monthly Magazine Agriculture
What is the National Pest Surveillance System (NPSS)?

● It is an AI-based platform designed to help farmers connect with agricultural scientists and experts for effective
pest control using their phones.
● Aim: To reduce farmers’ dependence on pesticide retailers.
● It provides data for selected crops i.e. Rice, Cotton, Maize, Mango and Chilies.
● Implementing Agency: Directorate of Plant Protection, Quarantine & Storage, Faridabad
4.4. Krishi Decision Support System (DSS)

Context
The Union Agriculture Ministry launched the Krishi-Decision Support System (DSS).
About Krishi Decision Support System

● It is a digital geo-spatial platform.
● Developed by: Union Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare and Department of Space using RISAT-1A and
Visualization of Earth observation Data and Archival System (VEDAS) of the space department.
● Aim:
○ To assist farmers in improving crop management and productivity.
○ It will share real-time data-driven insights on weather patterns, soil conditions, crop health, crop acreage, and
advisories with farmers, experts, and policymakers
● One nation-one soil information system of Krishi-DSS will give comprehensive soil data with embedded
information on soil type, soil pH (potential of hydrogen), soil health, etc.
What is RISAT-1A or Earth Observation Satellite-04 (EOS-04)?

● It is an all-weather radar imaging satellite.
● Developed by: Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).
● Aim: To provide high-resolution images for applications such as agriculture, forestry, plantations, soil moisture,
hydrology, and flood mapping.
4.5. Digital General Crop Estimation Survey (DGCES)

Context
The Union Ministry of Agriculture and Farmer welfare has recently launched DGCES.
About Digital General Crop Estimation Survey (DGCES)

● It is a nationwide initiative aimed at precisely assessing crop yields across a variety of crops.
● Features:
○ It will enhance data accuracy and improve digital data governance in agriculture.
○ It will provide plot-level data with geotagged areas of crops.
○ It will help to calculate yield based on scientifically designed Crop Cutting Experiments for all major crops
across the country.
SIP Monthly Magazine Defence and Security
5. Defence and Security

5.1. LRGB Gaurav
Context
DRDO has successfully carried out the first flight test of the Long-Range Glide Bomb (LRGB) Gaurav from a Su-30 MK-I
fighter jet.
5.2. Tarang Shakti- 2024

Context
After successful completion of the first phase of Exercise Tarang Shakti, Air Force has announced that the event will
be Biennial in nature.
About Tarang Shakti- 2024

● It is the First-ever multinational air exercise of India Hosted by Indian Air force.
● Venue: Jodhpur, Rajasthan
● Participants: 10 countries, including the US, UK, Australia, France, Germany, Japan, Singapore, and the UAE.
● Objective: Joint training, knowledge exchange, and enhancement of operational coordination.
● Aim: To improve mutual understanding and compatibility among air forces, promoting regional stability and
security.
Other Combat Exercises involving IAF
● Exercise Garuda: Indo-French air combat training.

● Exercise Cope India: Indo-US bilateral exercise.
● Exercise Desert Knight: Indo-French joint air exercise.
● Exercise Pitch Black: Multinational air combat exercise in Australia.
● Exercise Red Flag: Multinational advanced aerial combat training exercise in U.S.
● Exercise Orion: Multinational exercise hosted by the French government.
SIP Monthly Magazine Defence and Security
5.3. INS Arighaat

Context
India’s second nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine INS Arighaat got commissioned into service at
Visakhapatnam.
About INS Arighaat

● Type: Nuclear-
powered ballistic
missile submarine
(SSBN).
● Constructed by: Indian
Navy's Ship Building
Centre (SBC) in
Visakhapatnam.
● Speed: Surface (12-15
Knots) & Under Water(
24 knots).
● Nuclear Powered
Engine:
○ It is powered by a
83-MW pressurised light-water reactor with enriched uranium.
○ It can remain underwater for months.
● Missile Capability:
○ Equipped with K-15 Missiles (Range- 750 Km) & K-4 Ballistic Missiles(Range- 3500 Km).
○ These missiles can carry Nuclear Warheads.
SIP Monthly Magazine Environment
6. Environment
6.1. Coral Reefs

Context
A recent study has highlighted severe coral reef bleaching in the Lakshadweep islands due to marine heatwaves and
rising sea levels.
About Corals Reefs

● Corals are calcareous rock-like structures formed from the skeletons of tiny, jelly-like animals called coral polyps.
● Also known as the “rainforests of the sea”- home to more than 25% of all marine life.
● Listed under Schedule -I under Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
Ideal conditions for Coral Growth

● Tropical waters-between 30°N and 30°S latitudes.
● Ideal Depth: 45 m to 55 m below sea surface, where there is abundant sunlight available.
● Temperature: around 20°C.
● Moderate to low levels of salinity (30–40 parts per 1000) and free from sediments
● Moving water and abundance of planktons
● Semi-hard or hard surface for solidification
Causes and impacts of coral bleaching

● Bleaching occurs when corals overheat, react to the stress by expelling their algae, and turn white.
● It leaves corals vulnerable to disease, stunts their growth, affects their reproduction, and can impact other
species that depend on the coral communities
Technology for Coral Reef Conservation

● Biorock Technology: Involves deploying electrically charged structures to promote coral growth and strengthen
existing coral reefs.
● Cryomesh Technology: Involves cryogenically freezing and storing corals, which later can be reintroduced to the
wild
6.2. Fly Ash

Context
The Odisha State Pollution Control Board has levied an environmental fine on Vedanta Limited for dumping fly ash
without authorization at its aluminium smelter and power plant in Jharsuguda district.
About Fly Ash

● It is a residual unburnt by-product produced from coal based thermal power plants during the combustion
process.
● Source: emitted along with flue gases during the burning of coal in a furnace and collected using the electrostatic
precipitators.
● Composition: Beryllium, Arsenic, unburnt Carbon, Silicon Oxides, Dioxins, aluminium oxide, ferric oxide, calcium
oxide, etc.
● Uses: In concrete and cement products, road base, metal recovery, mineral reclamation, and as soil conditioners
● Harmful Effects: Causes pollution of air and water; Upon deposition on the leaves of plants, it inhibits
photosynthesis; affects the root development system of trees.
Government Initiatives For Proper Utilisation Of Fly Ash
● National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC) has collaborated with cement manufacturers around the country
to supply Fly Ash.
● Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Urban) has focused on new construction technologies such as using fly ash bricks
that are innovative, and environmentally friendly.
● State governments have also come out with their Fly ash utilisation policies,
○ e.g., Maharashtra was the first state to adopt the policy.
● A web portal and mobile application called "ASHTRACK" for monitoring the generation and utilization of fly ash.
● Goods and Services Tax (GST) rates on fly ash and its products have been reduced to 5%.
6.3. Forest conservation Act (FCA)

Context
The Central government has informed the NGT that Assam has not obtained forest clearance for non-forestry activities
permitted in a wildlife sanctuary.
About FCA, 1980

● It was enacted to consolidate the law related to forest, the transit of forest produces and the duty leviable on
timber and other forests produce.
● The Act deals with the four categories of forests: reserved forests, village forests, protected forests, and private
forests.
● Section 2 of the act list criterias where permission of the Central Government is required for any action of State
regarding:
○ Declaring that any reserved forest ceases to be reserved.
○ Use of forestland for non-forest purposes.
○ Leasing forest to any private person.
Degree of protection: Reserved forests > Protected forests > Village forests
The Forest (Conservation) Amendment Act, 2023 - Key Provisions

● Introduction of Preamble: To recognize India's commitment to achieving Net Zero Emission by 2070, fulfilling
NDC targets by 2030.
● Exclusions: The following exemptions are provided for under the act:
○ BorderLands: Exempts land within 100 km of international borders for national security reasons.
○ Rail and Road Infrastructure: Excludes forest land along rail lines or public roads maintained by the
government.
○ Small-scale Projects: Allows usage of up to 10 hectares for constructing security infrastructure and
afforestation projects.
● Leasing Provisions: State governments must obtain prior central government approval to allocate forest land
to entities not under government ownership or control.
● Expansion of Permitted Activities: The following activities have been permitted under the provisions:
○ Broadens permissible activities to include check posts, fencing, bridges, zoos, safaris as per the Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972, eco-tourism facilities, and silvicultural operations (forest growth enhancement).
○ Allows de-reservation or non-forest use with central government consent.
● Implementation Mechanism: Empowers the central government to issue directives to central and state
authorities, union territories, and recognized bodies to ensure effective enforcement of the Act.
Protected Area Location Vegetation Fauna River System
Nameri Tiger Reserve Foothills of the Tropical Evergreen Bengal tiger, Indian Jia-Bhoreli
eastern Himalayas in and Semi-evergreen leopard, Clouded -Bor-Dikorai
the Sonitpur District, forest leopard, Marbled
Assam cat, Leopard cat, Hog
deer, Sambar
Sonai-Rupai Wildlife foothills of the Tropical Evergreen Tiger, lesser cats, Gabharu, Gelgeli,
Sanctuary Eastern Himalayan and Semi-evergreen elephant, gaur, wild Sonai and Rupai
region, Sontipur, forest; wetlands boar, pygmy hog,
Assam (bheels) seen in rainy swamp deer and
season barking deer.
Protected Areas of Assam
6.4. Clean Plant Programme

Context
The Union Cabinet approved the Clean Plant Programme (CPP) with a budget of ₹1,766 crore under the Mission for
Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH).
About Clean Plant Programme (CPP)

● CPP will have 3 components: Clean Plant Centres, certification and legal framework and enhanced Infrastructure.
● Implementing Agency: National Horticulture Board
● Features:
○ CPP will provide access to virus-free, high-quality planting material, leading to increased crop yields and
improved income opportunities.
○ Streamlined certification processes and
infrastructure support to nurseries.
○ Active engagement of women farmers in planning
and implementation, ensuring their access to
resources, training and decision-making
opportunities.
Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture

(MIDH)
● It is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme for the holistic
growth of the horticulture sector covering fruits,
vegetables, root & tuber crops, mushrooms, spices,
flowers, aromatic plants, coconut, cashew, cocoa and
bamboo.
● The Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare is
implementing MIDH with effect from 2014-15.
● MIDH is implemented under Green Revolution -
Krishonnati Yojana.
6.5. Neelakurinji Flower

Context
Neelakurinji (Strobilanthes kunthiana) flower has been included in the IUCN official Red List of threatened species.
About Neelakurinji Flower

● It is a shrub, found in the shola forests of the Western Ghats in Kerala, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
● Nilgiri Hills, which means the blue mountains, got their name from the purplish blue flowers of Neelakurinji that
bloom only once in 12 years.
● The Paliyan tribal people living in Tamil Nadu use it as a reference to calculate their age.
● Karnataka has around 45 species of Neelakurinji and each species blooms at intervals of six, nine, 11 or 12 years.
● Besides the Western Ghats, Neelakurinji is also seen in the Shevroy in the Eastern Ghats, Sanduru hills of Bellary
district in Karnataka.
About IUCN
● Background:
○ It was established in 1948 in Fontainebleau, France.
○ It was previously called the ‘International Union for the Protection of Nature’ (IUPN)from (1948–1956) and
the World Conservation Union (1990–2008).
● Membership:It is composed of both government and civil society organizations
● Headquarters: Gland (Switzerland)
● Functions:
○ It works to conserve the various species of flora and fauna.

○ It established the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species in 1964.
● Significance:
○ IUCN played a major role in the formation of international conventions such as;
■ Ramsar Convention on Wetlands
■ the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
■ World Heritage Convention
■ Convention on Biological Diversity.
6.6. Flood Watch App 2.0

Context
Recently, the Union Minister for Jal Shakti launched the Version 2.0 of the FloodWatch App
About Flood Watch App

● Developed by: Central Water Commission (CWC)
● Aim: Using mobile phones to disseminate information related to flood situations in the country and flood forecasts
up to 7 days on a real-time basis to the public.
● Features:
○ The app utilises advanced technologies such as satellite data analysis, mathematical modelling to deliver
accurate and timely flood forecasts.
○ It includes real-time flood monitoring where users can check up-to-date flood situations throughout the
country.
Central Water Commission (CWC)

● It is India's premier technical organisation in the field of water resources.
● Institutional Structure: Attached office of the Ministry of Jal Shakti.
○ It is not a Statutory Body.
● Functions:
○ Creates plans and policies for water resources.
○ Conducts studies and surveys to assess the availability and distribution of water
○ Monitors rainfall and river flow to issue flood warnings and forecasts
● Headed by: a Chairman, with the status of Ex-Officio Secretary to the Government of India.
6.7. Threat to Aravalli due to Encroachments and Deforestation

Context
A study presented by Professor Laxmi Kant Sharma at the IUFRO World Conference in Stockholm highlighted the urgent
need for sustainable practices to protect and restore the Aravallis.
About the Aravalli Range

● The Aravalli Range is one of the oldest mountain ranges in the world.
● Extent: Rajasthan (80% of the range),Haryana, Delhi, and Gujarat.
● Highest peak: Guru Shikhar in Mount Abu (1722 Metres)

● Rivers: Banas, Luni, Sakhi, and Sabarmati.
● Minerals Found: Copper, zinc, lead, and marble.
● Significance: Acts as a natural green wall in the northwestern part of India, forming an ecotone zone between the
Thar Desert and the Gangetic Plain in a semi-arid environment.
● Threats: illegal land encroachments in Haryana, illegal mining in Rajasthan, and illegal tourism and hotel
construction work in southern Rajasthan and Gujarat.
Carbon Flux
● It is the rate and direction of carbon being exchanged between Earth's carbon pools, which include the oceans,
atmosphere, land, and living things.
○ Carbon pools, also known as carbon stocks, can store or release carbon.
● Regions in the upper and lower Aravalli range has high positive rates of carbon flux due to high rainfall and
protected areas.
○ In contrast, areas near the Thar Desert in the main middle range showed negative rates of carbon flux,
indicating a decline in carbon sequestration.
6.8. National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)

Context
The head of NMCG has expressed concern regarding the tardiness of river-cleaning projects being executed in various
States under the mission.
About National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)

● It is a registered society under the Ministry of Jal Shakti, (GOI).
● It acted as the implementation arm of the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA), which was constituted
under Environment (Protection) Act (EPA), 1986.
● NGRBA was dissolved on 7th October 2016 and was replaced by the National Council for Rejuvenation, Protection,
and Management of River Ganga (referred to as National Ganga Council).
● Aim of NMCG:
○ To ensure effective abatement of pollution and rejuvenation of the river Ganga
○ To maintain minimum ecological flows in the river Ganga with the aim of ensuring water quality and
environmentally sustainable development.
National Ganga Council
● It replaced the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA).
● Chairman: Prime Minister.
● Members: Chief Ministers of five Ganga basin states Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West
Bengal along with some Union Ministers.
● It is tasked with the responsibilities for the supervision of pollution prevention and rejuvenation of River Ganga
Basin, including Ganga and its tributaries.
● It is formed under the Environment Protection Act (EPA 1986).
6.9. Waggle Dance

Context
Some Scientists have raised concerns about “problematic behaviour” in research papers on honeybee communication
co-authored by Dr. Mandyam Srinivasan (Neuroscientist).
About Waggle Dance

● It is a form of communication used by the honeybees (Apis mellifera).
● Purpose: To convey information about the location of resources like food, water, or nesting spots.
● Features:
○ Duration of waggle run indicates distance to the food source.
○ Angle of waggle run shows direction relative to the sun.
Did you Know

Round Dance of Bees
● The round dance is used for food sources 25-100
metres away from the hive.
● Features:
○ Scout honey bee of the colony perform the circular
dance.
○ Unlike Waggle dance, round dance does not give
directional information.
○ Bees watching the dance detect fragrance of the
flower left on the dancing bee.
6.10. Ethanol Blending Program

Context
India is on its way to achieve its target of blending 20% of petrol with ethanol by 2025-26.
About Ethanol Blended Petrol Programme (EBP)

● It is an initiative by the Government of India to increase the use of ethanol in petrol.
● It is implemented throughout India except Andaman Nicobar and Lakshadweep islands.
○ As Oil Marketing Companies (OMC’s) here sell petrol blended with 10% ethanol.
● Target: To blend 20% ethanol with petrol (E20) by 2025.
● Objectives of the Programme:
○ Reducing the country's dependence on crude oil imports
○ Conserving foreign exchange
○ Boosting the domestic agriculture sector
○ Increasing value addition in the sugar industry.
About Ethanol
● It is a clear, colourless, and flammable liquid. It is also known as Ethyl Alcohol (C2H5OH)
● Ethanol is produced through the fermentation of sugars by yeast or other microorganisms.
● Once blended, ethanol cannot be separated from the petrol.
● As the ethanol molecule contains oxygen, it allows the engine to more completely combust the fuel, resulting in
fewer emissions and thereby reducing the occurrence of environmental pollution.
● It has a higher octane number than gasoline, hence improving the petrol octane number.
Generations of Biofuels
SIP Monthly Magazine Science & Technology
7. Science & Technology
7.1. Chandipura Virus Infection (CHPV)

Context
Chandipura Virus Infection is spreading in Gujarat (Ahmedabad).
About Chandipura Virus Infection (CHPV)

● Family:It is part of the Rhabdoviridae family. It is endemic to India.
● Transmitted by: Phlebotomine sandflies and Aedes aegypti mosquitoes.
○ The virus is transmitted through insect bites.
● Transmission to Humans: It reaches the central nervous system and potentially causes
encephalitis(inflammation of the brain).
● Primarily Affects: Children under 15 years of age.
● Vaccine availability: Currently, there is no specific treatment or vaccine for Chandipura
virus.
7.2. Small Modular Reactors (SMR’s)

Context
The Indian government is planning to team up with the private sector to study and test small modular reactors (SMRs).
What are SMR’s?

● SMR’s are:
○ Small: A fraction of the size of a
conventional nuclear power reactor.
○ Modular: Systems and components to be
factory-assembled and transported as a
unit to a location for installation.
○ Reactors: Harnessing nuclear fission to
generate heat to produce energy.
● Power capacity: Up to 300 MW(e) per unit,
which is about one-third of the generating
capacity of nuclear power reactors.
● Advantages of SMR’s:
○ They can produce a large amount of low-
carbon electricity.
○ They can be manufactured off-site - significantly saving construction time.
○ They have less build and running costs and increased efficiency.
○ SMRs can be installed in decommissioned thermal power plant sites by repurposing existing infrastructure.
International Atomic Energy Agency

● It is an autonomous international organisation (established in 1957) within the United Nations system.
● It seeks to maximise the contribution of nuclear technology to society while verifying its peaceful use.
● Member States: 175 ( India has been a member since its inception.)
● Headquarter: Vienna, Austria.
7.3. Diabetes
Context
Recently the 18th Annual Conference of the Diabetes in Pregnancy Study Group India 2024 (DIPSI) was held in New
Delhi. Its major focus was on treatment of Gestational Diabetes.
About Diabetes
● It is a chronic disease that occurs when the pancreas can no longer
make insulin or the body cannot make good use of the produced
insulin.
What is Insulin?
● Insulin is a hormone that regulates blood glucose.
● It was the first peptide hormone to be discovered in 1921.
● Insulin is also the first protein to be chemically synthesised and
produced by DNA recombinant technology.
● It is on the WHO Model List of Essential Medicines.
● Causes: Blindness, kidney failure, heart attacks, stroke, and lower limb
amputation, hyperglycemia (high blood sugar).
○ Over the long-term high glucose levels lead to damage to the body
and failure of various organs and tissues.
Types of Diabetes
● Type 1 diabetes: It is a condition when the immune system destroys insulin-making cells inside pancreas called
beta cells.
○ The body produces very little or no insulin.
○ Also known as juvenile diabetes because it is usually diagnosed in children and young people.
● Type 2 diabetes: It results from the body’s ineffective use of insulin that it produces.
○ More than 95% of people with diabetes have type 2 diabetes.
● Gestational diabetes (GDM): It consists of high blood glucose and occurs during pregnancy.
○ Women with GDM are at an increased risk of complications during pregnancy and at delivery.
○ These women and possibly their children are also at increased risk of type 2 diabetes in the future.
Delhi Declaration on Diabetes

● The Delhi Declaration provides a prevention strategy for GDM.
● It advocates screening women at eight weeks of pregnancy for glucose intolerance.
● It also encourages using DIPSI’s low-cost single test procedure to prevent the progression of NCDs.
7.4. Sucralose
Context
A recent 12-week trial in India evaluated the effects of replacing sucrose with sucralose in beverages for adults with
Type 2 Diabetes (T2D).
What was the Finding?

● No adverse impact on glucose or HbA1c levels was found. Marginal improvements were noted in body weight,
BMI, and waist circumference.
About Artificial Sweeteners (Non-Sugar Sweeteners)

● These are extra sweet chemicals (several times sweeter than sugar) used to sweeten food while adding very little
or no calories.
● The WHO has warned to use acesulfame K (Ace-K), aspartame, advantame, cyclamates, neotame, saccharin,
sucralose, and stevia to control weight gain or prevent diabetes.
Sucralose
● It is a no-calorie sweetener that can be used to lower one’s intake of added sugars.
● It is made by adding chlorine to sugar molecules.
● Its structure prevents enzymes in the digestive tract from breaking it down.
7.5. Quantum Computing

Context
A Cambridge-based company (Riverlane) has
developed the world's first dedicated quantum
decoder chip to address and correct errors in
quantum computing.
About Quantum Computing

● Quantum computing uses the principles of
quantum theory.
○ Quantum theory explains how energy
and matter behave at the atomic and
subatomic levels.
● Quantum computing utilises the unusual
behaviour of subatomic particles, like
electrons or photons, at the microscopic
level.
○ These behaviours, known as
superposition and entanglement
● In a quantum computer, the basic unit of
memory is a quantum bit or qubit.
○ Quantum bits, or qubits, allow the
subatomic particles to exist in more than
one state at the same time.
● Quantum computers can perform complex
calculations much faster than conventional
computers.
National Quantum Mission
● Launched: In 2023
● Nodal Ministry: Department of Science & Technology
● Objectives of the Mission:
○ Develop quantum computers with 50-1000 qubits within eight years using superconducting and photonic
technology.
○ Implement secure satellite-based quantum communications across ground stations over a 2000 km range
within India.
○ Establish secure long-distance quantum communications internationally.
○ Set up inter-city quantum key distribution networks and multi-node Quantum networks over a 2000 km
range.
7.6. New Treatment regimen for Drug-Resistant TB

Context
India is set to roll out the BPaL regimen (bedaquiline, pretomanid, and linezolid) for drug-resistant tuberculosis.
More in News
● The BPaL regimen has
shown promising results
in countries like Pakistan,
South Africa, and Ukraine.
● The BPaL regimen
significantly reduces TB
treatment duration from
18-24 months to about six
months.
● The older regimen
involved 14 different
drugs daily, while BPaL
requires only three tablets
daily.
About Tuberculosis (TB)

● It is a bacterial infection spread through inhaling tiny droplets from the coughs or sneezes of an infected person.
○ TB is caused by a bacterium called Mycobacterium tuberculosis, belonging to the Mycobacteriaceae family.
● Transmission: TB spreads from person to person through the air.
● Types:
○ Pulmonary TB: Affects the lungs
○ Extra-Pulmonary TB: Affects other organs.
● TB is a treatable and curable disease.
● Vaccine: Currently, Bacille Calmette-Guérin (BCG) is the only licensed vaccine available for the prevention of TB.
● Four major drugs used in TB treatment: Isoniazid (INH), Rifampicin, Pyrazinamide & Ethambutol.
Drug-Resistant TB (DR-TB)
● It occurs when bacteria become resistant to the drugs used to treat TB.
● It can also occur when the drugs used to treat TB are misused or mismanaged.
● DR-TB is spread the same way that MDR TB: MDR-TB does not respond to at least isoniazid and rifampicin, the
2 most powerful anti-TB drugs.
XDR TB
● People who are resistant to isoniazid and rifampicin, plus any fluoroquinolone and at least one of three
injectable second-line drugs (amikacin, kanamycin, capreomycin) are said to have XDR-TB.
7.7. Jock Itch

Context
The rise of drug-resistant fungal infections -Trichophyton indotineae- is emerging as a significant health concern in
India.
About Trichophyton indotineae

● It is a dermatophyte commonly known as ringworm or jock itch.
○ The dermatophytes are a group of related filamentous fungi that have the ability to invade and colonize the
keratinized tissues of humans and animals
● The inappropriate use of steroid creams has exacerbated the problem, making this strain particularly hard to
treat.
● Treatment
○ For infections resistant to standard antifungal medications, alternative treatments such as itraconazole are
available.
○ In addition to antifungal medications, integrating comprehensive skin care regimens can enhance treatment
efficacy.
7.8. Near-Earth Object Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (NEOWISE)

Telescope
Context
Nasa’s NEOWISE has concluded its mission, marking the end of a journey spanned over a decade.
About NEOWISE Telescope

● It was launched in 2009 by NASA as the Wide-Field Infrared Survey Explorer, or WISE.
● Purpose:
○ Identify and characterise near-Earth objects (NEOs)
○ Characterise more distant asteroids and comets.
○ Calculate radiometric diameters and albedos for almost all known asteroids.
7.9. Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Attack

Context
A massive DDOS attack on X disrupted the airing of the interview of Elon Musk with former US President Donald Trump.
About Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Attack

● It is a cybercrime that involves flooding a server with internet traffic to prevent users from accessing online
services.
● A DDoS attack uses multiple servers and Internet connections to flood the targeted resource.
● Unlike other kinds of cyberattacks, DDoS assaults don’t attempt to breach your security perimeter.
○ Rather, this attack aims to make your website and servers unavailable to legitimate users.
● DDoS can also be used as a smoke screen for other malicious activities and to take down security appliances,
breaching the target’s security perimeter.
7.10. M-POX
Context
World Health Organisation has declared M-POX as public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC)
About M-POX
● Mpox is an infectious disease that can cause a painful rash,
enlarged lymph nodes, fever, headache, muscle ache, back
pain and low energy.
● Mpox is caused by the monkeypox virus (MPXV).
○ It is an enveloped double-stranded DNA virus of the Orthopoxvirus genus in the Poxviridae family.
● Transmission: It can be transmitted between humans through close contact and exposure to infected bodily fluids
or lesions.
● Common Symptoms: skin rash or mucosal lesions, Fever, rash and swollen lymph nodes which may lead to a range
of medical complications.
● Detection of viral DNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is the preferred laboratory test for Mpox.
● The Centre for disease control has recommended two vaccines to prevent Mpox: JYNNEOS and ACAM2000.
Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC)

● It is a formal declaration by WHO under the International Health Regulations (IHR), 2005.
● It refers to an “extraordinary event” posing a public health risk through the international spread of disease,
potentially requiring a coordinated global response.
● Criteria:
○ Serious and unusual event: Poses a significant public health risk.
○ Cross-border implications: Affects more than one country.
○ International response needed: Requires immediate global coordination.
7.11. Prokaryotes
Context
Scientists found prokaryotes are remarkably resilient to climate change – and as a result, could increasingly dominate
marine environments.
About Prokaryotes
● They are single-celled organisms that lack a distinct
nucleus and other membrane-bound organelles.
● They include bacteria and “archaea”, another type of single-
celled organism.
● They are the oldest cell-based lifeforms on Earth.
● Prokaryotes are found across the entire planet i.e. on land
and in water, from the tropics to the poles.
● Features
○ Shape: They come in various shapes and sizes (0.5-5
µm), with four basic shapes being rod-like (bacillus),
spherical (coccus), comma-shaped (vibrio), and spiral
(spirillum).
○ Cell organisation: Prokaryotic cells have a basic structural organisation, which includes a cell wall (except in
mycoplasma), cytoplasm, and a plasma membrane. However, they lack a well-defined nucleus.
○ Reproduction: Prokaryotic cells reproduce primarily through binary fission, a type of asexual reproduction.
○ DNA: Most prokaryotic cells have a single chromosome, which carries hereditary genes in the form of DNA.
Difference between Eukaryotes & Prokaryotes

Prokaryotes Eukaryotes
Most Prokaryotes are Unicellular & smaller in size. Most eukaryotes are Multicellular
Poorly defined nucleus due to absence of nuclear Well defined nucleus surrounded by a nuclear
membrane membrane.
Cell Organelles such as plastids, mitochondria, and golgi Cell Organelles such as plastids, mitochondria, and
bodies are Absent. golgi bodies are Present.
E.g.: Blue-Green Algae, Bacteria etc. E.g.: Fungi, Plant etc.
7.12. Californium Metal

Context
Bihar police recently seized a substance which they suspected to be 50 grams of Californium, a highly radioactive and
valuable metal.
About Californium
● It is a silvery-white synthetic radioactive metal with the
atomic number 98 on the periodic table.
● It is highly radioactive and is a potent neutron emitter.
● It has a half-life of about 2.6 years for its most stable
isotope, Californium-252.
● It is produced in nuclear reactors and particle accelerators
by bombarding curium (another radioactive element) with
neutrons.
● Uses of Californium:
○ Used in portable metal detectors for identifying gold
and silver ores,
○ To help identify water and oil layers in oil wells
○ Detects metal fatigue and stress in aeroplanes.
○ Used in certain cancer treatments where targeted neutron therapy is required.
● Californium is extremely expensive, with a cost of around Rs 17 crore per gram in the international market.
7.13. EOS-08 Mission

Context
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) launched the EOS-08 Earth Observation Satellite.
About EOS-08
● Satellite has been launched under SSLV-D3/EOS-08 mission by the Small Satellite Launch Vehicle (SSLV)-D3 from
Satish Dhawan Space Centre, Sriharikota.
● Satellite includes new technologies such as an Integrated Avionics System, flexible solar panels, and advanced
antennas.
● The mission has a planned life of one year.
● One more satellite named SR-0 DEMOSAT was also onboard which was developed by Space Kidz India.
Payloads of E0S-08 Mission

● Electro Optical Infrared Payload (EOIR) payload: To take images in Mid-Wave & Long Wave Infrared band for
applications like Disaster Monitoring, Environmental Monitoring etc.
● Global Navigation Satellite System: Used for ocean surface wind analysis, soil moisture, cryosphere studies, flood
detection, and inland waterbody detection.
● SiC UV Dosimeter: Monitor UV irradiance at Gaganyaan mission's crew module viewport, serving as a high-dose
alarm sensor for astronaut safety.
Objectives of EOS-08 Mission

● Designing and developing a microsatellite.
● Creating payload instruments compatible with the microsatellite bus.
● Incorporating new technologies required for future operational satellites.
About Small Satellite Launch Vehicle (SSLV)-D3
● SSLV-D3 is the third developmental flight of SSLV.

● SSLV is capable of launching Mini, Micro or Nano satellites (10 to 500 kg mass) into 500km planar orbit.
● It uses three solid fuel-based stages and a final liquid-fuel based stage.
● Benefits: Low cost, low turn-around time, flexibility in accommodating multiple satellites, launch on demand
feasibility, minimal launch infrastructure requirements, etc.
7.14. India AI Mission

Context
The government has finalised a tender document to procure 1,000 graphics processing units (GPUs) as part of its
ambitious IndiaAI Mission.
About IndiaAI Mission

● Launch: Global Partnership on Artificial Intelligence (GPAI) Summit 2023 (New Delhi)
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MEiTY)
● Implementing Agency: ‘IndiaAI’ Independent Business Division (IBD) under Digital India Corporation (DIC)
● Public-Private Partnership: The infrastructure will be developed through a partnership model with 50% viability
gap funding.
Graphic Processing Unit (GPU)
● It is a computer chip that rapidly calculates mathematical operations to display graphics and images.
● It is used in Creative content creation, video editing, high-performance computing (HPC), and artificial
intelligence (AI).
Seven Key Features of the IndiaAI Mission

● IndiaAI Compute Capacity: Building a scalable AI computing ecosystem to support the demands of India’s growing
AI start-ups and research communities.
● IndiaAI Innovation Centre: Focus on developing and deploying indigenous Large Multimodal Models (LMMs) and
domain-specific models.
● IndiaAI Datasets Platform: Enhancing access to quality non-personal datasets for AI innovation.
● IndiaAI Application Development Initiative: Promoting AI application development in critical sectors based on
problem statements from central and state departments.
● IndiaAI FutureSkills: Designed to increase accessibility to AI education at undergraduate, master's, and Ph.D.
levels.
● IndiaAI Startup Financing: Supporting deep-tech AI startups with streamlined access to funding for advanced AI
projects.
● Safe & Trusted AI: Implementing responsible AI projects, including the development of indigenous tools and
frameworks.
7.15. Jupiter Icy Moons Explorer (JUICE) mission

Context
Jupiter probe to stage first lunar-earth double fly-by manoeuvre.
About JUICE Mission

● JUICE is Europe’s first dedicated robotic mission to Jupiter.
● It was launched from French Guiana.
● It is due to reach the planet in July 2031 after performing an
incredible flight path through the Solar System.
● Constructed by: Airbus Defence and Space, a division of the
Airbus group.
● Main objective of the mission:
○ To create detailed maps of the moons' surfaces and look
beneath them to probe the potential habitable
environments by analysing the water bodies underneath.
○ To create a comprehensive picture of Jupiter by trying to
understand its origin, history, and evolution.
About Jupiter
● Jupiter is the fifth planet from the sun at a distance of about 778 million km.
● It is the largest planet in the solar system – more than twice as massive as all the other planets combined.
○ Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune are called Jovian or Gas Giant Planets. These have thick atmospheres,
mostly of helium and hydrogen.
● Jupiter has more than 75 moons. (Ganymede - largest moon in the Solar System)
7.16. India’s Ongoing Space Missions

Context
Over the past year, ISRO has made significant strides with several key missions.
About ISRO’s Ongoing Mission

Aditya L-1 ● Aditya L1 is India’s solar science mission aimed at studying the Sun from the Earth-Sun Lagrange
point (L1).
● It observed a solar storm in May 2024.
● Mission focuses on understanding solar activities and their impact on space weather.
Gaganyaan ● It aims to launch a crew of three members into a 400-kilometre orbit for a three-day mission
before safely returning to Earth in the Indian sea waters.
● The Gaganyaan spacecraft will be positioned in a low earth orbit (LEO) ranging from 300 to 400
kilometres, propelled into space via an LVM 3 rocket, enabling astronauts to reach space in just
16 minutes.
● On October 21, 2023, ISRO conducted its first abort mission for the Gaganyaan human
spaceflight program using a modified L-40 Vikas engine.
XPoSAT ● XPoSat, or X-ray Polarimeter Satellite, is India's first mission to study the dynamics of bright
astronomical X-ray sources in extreme conditions.
● The satellite will study the polarisation of X-rays from 50 of the brightest known sources in the
universe, including black holes, neutron stars, pulsars, and active galactic nuclei.
INSAT-3DS ● It is a meteorological satellite launched to support GSLV credibility for the NISAR mission.
● It will enhance India’s weather forecasting capabilities.
RLV-TD ● ISRO has already conducted 2 successful Reusable Launch Vehicle tests (LEX-02 and LEX-03)
using a reusable Launch Vehicle, called Pushpak.
● successes in these tests gave ISRO the confidence to move on to the ‘Orbital Return Flight
Experiment’.
Private ● Agnikula Cosmos successfully launched its SoRTeD-01 vehicle from its launch pad at the Satish
Space Dhawan Space Center in Sriharikota .This was the first launch of a vehicle powered by a semi-
Missions cryogenic engine as its first stage from Indian soil.
● Skyroot Aerospace is progressing towards the launch of its Vikram 1 rocket.
7.17. Vaccine Derived Polio

Context
Recently, a case of vaccine-derived polio was confirmed in a two-year-old child from Tikrikilla, Meghalaya. Health
authorities clarified that this is not wild poliovirus but an infection seen in individuals with low immunity.
About Vaccine Derived Polio

● It is an uncommon condition that can happen when the weakened virus in the oral polio vaccine changes and
becomes strong enough to cause polio again.
● The oral polio vaccine (OPV) contains a live, weakened virus that helps the body build immunity to protect against
polio.
● After vaccination, the weakened virus is excreted in the stool. But in areas with poor sanitation and low
immunisation coverage, this virus can spread to others in the community.
Polio Virus
● Polio is a viral infectious disease that can cause irreversible paralysis and even death by affecting the nervous
system.
● Transmission: The virus primarily spreads through the faecal-oral route and can multiply in the intestine, where
it can invade the nervous system.
● Target Group: mainly affects children under five.
● Vaccines:
○ Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV): Administered as a birth dose, followed by three primary doses at 6, 10, and 14
weeks, and a booster dose at 16-24 months.
○ Injectable Polio Vaccine (IPV): This vaccine is given as an additional dose along with the third DPT
(Diphtheria, Pertussis, and Tetanus) vaccine under the Universal Immunization Programme (UIP).
● India was declared polio-free by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2014, with the last wild poliovirus case
reported in 2011.
● Difference between Wild Polio virus & Inactivated Polio virus
○ Wild poliovirus is the naturally occurring strain of the poliovirus that causes the disease polio:
○ Inactivated poliovirus is a safe, dead version used in polio vaccines to prevent the disease.
7.18. Chandrayaan 4 Mission

Context
On National Space Day, ISRO Chairman
announced that the designs for India’s next
lunar mission Chandrayaan-4 have been
finalised. Its launch is expected to take place
in 2027.
About Chandrayaan 4 Mission

● Mission Objective: It aims to bring rock
and soil samples back from the Moon.
● Modules: The Chandrayaan-4 spacecraft
will consist of five modules, unlike
Chandrayaan-3, which had three.
● Landing and Sample Collection: Two
modules will detach from the main
spacecraft, land on the Moon, and
collect samples.
○ One of these will then launch itself
back to the main spacecraft in lunar
orbit, where the samples will be
transferred.
● Sample Return: The samples will be
moved to an Earth re-entry vehicle,
launched separately, which will return
the samples to Earth.
● Docking Operations: The mission will involve docking space modules twice, introducing a new capability for ISRO
that will be first tested in the upcoming Spadex mission.
SIP Monthly Magazine History/ Art & Culture
8. History/ Art & Culture
8.1. Ancient Inscriptions of Tiruppur

Context
A team of epigraphists from Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) started an exercise to copy important stone
inscriptions at the Thalishwarar temple and a few other places in Tiruppur district (Tamil Nadu).
About Inscriptions of Tiruppur

● Many inscriptions date back to the Chola dynasty (9th to 13th centuries), reflecting administrative, religious, and
economic aspects of the period.
● The majority of inscriptions are in Tamil (some are in Sanskrit also). They use the Tamil-Brahmi script and
Vattezhuthu script.
Usage of Estampage Method

● This method is used by the archaeologists to copy the characters and symbols from inscriptions.
● It’s commonly used in epigraphy for documentation and preservation purposes.
● Archaeological Survey of India (ASI)

● It is a premier organisation for archaeological research and protection of the cultural heritage of the nation.
● Established: In 1861 (by Alexander Cunningham)
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Culture
● Objectives:
○ Maintenance of ancient monuments, archaeological sites and remains of national importance including
World Heritage Sites (WHS).
○ To regulate all archaeological activities as per the provisions of the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological
Sites and Remains Act, 1958.
8.2. World Craft City Status to Srinagar

Context
The World Crafts Council (WCC) has designated Srinagar as a World Craft City.
Other World Craft Cities in India

● Jaipur, Mamallapuram, and Mysore
World Crafts Council (WCC)

● WCC is a non-profit, non-governmental organisation that aims to promote and preserve traditional crafts
worldwide.
● It was established in 1964 and is headquartered in Kuwait.
● Its main objective is to promote crafts globally and improve the economic conditions of craftspeople.
● WCC organises events, exchanges, and awards to highlight and support traditional crafts and artisans worldwide.
SIP Monthly Magazine History/ Art & Culture
8.3. Gotipua Dance

Context
The Gotipua dance of Odisha is at risk of disappearing due to declining
interest.
About Gotipua Dance

● It is a folk dance of Orissa performed by boys.
● It is a precursor to the classical Odissi dance form.
● Origin:
○ In ancient times, the temples of Orissa had female dancers called
Devadasi or Mahari (in Orissa) who were devoted to Lord Jagannath.
○ During the time of Bhoi king Rama Chandra Dev with the decline of
the Mahari dancers, the class of these boy dancers came into
existence to carry out the tradition.
● Features:
○ Boys are trained in singing, dancing, yoga, and acrobatics within
gurukuls or akhadas.
○ They dress as girls and perform at temple festivals, social gatherings,
and religious ceremonies.
● Age Limit: 5-16 years
SIP Monthly Magazine Geography
9. Geography
9.1. La-Nina
Context
According to IMD there will be above-normal rain in August but La Nina could intensify September precipitation.
About La-Nina
● La Nina refers to the periodic
cooling of ocean surface
temperatures in the central
and east-central equatorial
Pacific.
● Occurrence: It occur every 3 to
5 years, but on occasion can
occur over successive years.
● La Nina represents the cool
phase of the El Nino/Southern
Oscillation (ENSO) cycle.
● During a La Nina event, the
changes in Pacific Ocean
temperatures affect the
patterns of tropical rainfall from Indonesia to the west coast of South America
● In the ‘La Nina year’, rainfall associated with the summer monsoon in Southeast Asia tends to be greater than
normal, especially in northwest India and Bangladesh.
○ This generally benefits the monsoon dependent agriculture and industry in India
● Not every El-Nino year is the same in India.
Related Concept
Indian Ocean Dipole
(IOD)
● Refers To: The
difference in sea
surface temperature
between two poles or
areas (hence a
dipole) i.e. an eastern
pole in the eastern
Indian Ocean south of
Indonesia, and a
western pole in the
Arabian Sea (western
Indian Ocean).
● Affects: Climate of
countries that surround the Indian Ocean Basin like India, Australia and others.
● The IOD, in scientific terms, is a coupled ocean and atmosphere phenomenon, similar to El Nino–Southern
Oscillation (ENSO) but in the equatorial Indian Ocean.
● Negative IOD events are often associated with La Nina and positive events with El Nino.
9.2. Pyrocumulonimbus Clouds

Context
The intense wildfires in the US and
Canada are creating
'pyrocumulonimbus' clouds which
can produce lightning and ignite
additional fires.
About Pyrocumulonimbus Clouds

● Creation: Pyrocumulonimbus
clouds are thunder clouds
created by intense heat from
the Earth’s surface.
○ Volcanic eruptions can also
lead to the formation of
pyrocumulonimbus clouds
● Appearance: Much darker than
typical clouds because of their
large amounts of smoke and ash.
● Nature: Pyrocumulonimbus
clouds can produce lightning,
they do not generate much rain.
● Impact: Pyrocumulonimbus clouds are also responsible for
several aerosol pollutants (such as smoke and ash) trapped
in the stratosphere and upper atmosphere.
Note: Not every wildfire leads to the creation of

pyrocumulonimbus clouds. They occur only when
there is an extremely hot wildfire.
9.3. Colour Coded Rainfall Warning by IMD

Context
Home Minister Amit Shah, during a Parliamentary session, addressed questions related to the Wayanad landslides and
the early warning systems in place.
More in News
● While warnings were issued about potential heavy

rainfall, the exact risk of landslides in specific areas
like Wayanad was not explicitly communicated in the
early stages.
● Despite issuing a yellow alert and predicting heavy
rainfall, there was criticism that no clear actionable
alerts (e.g., a red alert specifically for landslides)
were provided in time to the Kerala government or
the public.
About Colour Coded warnings issued by IMD
9.4. Cloudburst
Context
Multiple cloudbursts struck the districts of Shimla,
Mandi, and Kullu in Himachal Pradesh. Torrential rain
has caused several rivers to overflow, worsening the
situation.
About Cloudburst
● It is a sudden spell of localised, heavy rainfall over
a small area.
● The India Meteorological Department defines
cloudburst as the condition where the amount of
rainfall over a particular area exceeds 100
millimetres in an hour.
● They often result in flash floods and have become
increasingly common from May-September when
the southwest monsoon season prevails in India.
9.5. Copper Production in the World

Context
China’s CMOC and other mining companies have
applied for their copper from the Democratic Republic
of Congo (DRC) to be registered with the London Metal
Exchange (LME)
More in News
● The Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) is the
world’s second-largest copper producer.
● DRC holds significant copper deposits, particularly
in the Copperbelt region, which includes key mines
like Tenke Fungurume and Kisanfu.
9.6. Change in Ganga river Course due to Earthquake

Context
A recent study focused on the Ganges
delta in Bangladesh revealed that the
Ganga River abruptly changed its
course about 2,500 years ago.
More in News
● This significant river avulsion was
identified through an
examination of an ancient
paleochannel and two large sand
dikes discovered nearby.
● The sand dikes, formed by
liquefaction, provided evidence
of a major earthquake occurring
around the same time as the river
avulsion.
● Optically Stimulated
Luminescence (OSL) dating of
mineral samples from the
paleochannel and sand dikes
confirmed that both events
occurred simultaneously.
9.7. Renaming of Geological Structures in Indian Ocean

Context
Three underwater geographical structures located in the Indian Ocean
have been awarded names proposed by India.
More in News
● All the three recently named structures were discovered by
oceanographers from the NCPOR, Goa.
About NCPOR
● National Centre for Polar and Ocean Research (NCPOR) is India’s
premier R&D institution responsible for the country’s research
activities in the Polar and Southern Ocean realms
● It was established as an autonomous Research and Development
Institution under the Ministry of Earth Sciences on 25 May 1998.
● It is the nodal agency for planning, promotion, coordination and
execution of the entire gamut of polar and southern ocean scientific research in the country as well as for the
associated logistics activities.
● NCPOR is responsible for management and upkeep of the Indian Antarctic Research Bases “Maitri” and “Bharati”,
and the Indian Arctic base “Himadri”
9.8. Perseid Meteor

Context
The Perseid meteor shower which started in July is set to peak on August 11.
About Perseid Meteor

● The Perseid meteor shower is one of the
year's premier meteor showers, known for
its bright meteors and high activity levels
● It peaks during mid-August each year and is
considered to be among the best meteor
showers.
● The Perseids are caused by the Earth
slamming into the debris left behind by
comet 109P/Swift-Tuttle.
● The Perseids shower itself doesn’t threaten
the earth: most meteors burn up in the
atmosphere.
● It is also one of the most plentiful showers
with nearly 100 meteors seen per hour.
● The Perseids are special because they often generate fireballs.
○ Fireballs are big bursts of light and color that last longer than a regular shooting star.
9.9. Nankai Trough Zone

Context
Japan’s meteorological agency issued its first ever Megaquake advisory
About Nankai Trough Zone

● It is a 900 km long underwater subduction zone where the Eurasian Plate collides with the Philippines sea plate
pushing the latter under the former and into the Earth’s mantle.
● It lies in the Pacific Ocean
● Location: It runs from Shizuoka, west of Tokyo, to the southern tip of Kyushu Island.
About Earthquake
● An earthquake is the shaking of the surface of the Earth,
resulting from the sudden release of energy in the Earth‘s
lithosphere that creates seismic waves.
● It may be due to faulting , folding, plate movement,
volcanic eruptions and anthropogenic factors like dams
and reservoirs.
● The point within Earth where faulting begins is the focus,
or hypocenter.
● The point directly above the focus on the surface is the
epicenter.
○ The intensity of the earthquake is highest at the epicenter and decreases with distance from the
epicenter.
9.10. Water Spouts

Context
Recently, a luxury yacht sank off the coast of Sicily, Italy, during a violent storm which was possibly caused by a
waterspout.
About Waterspouts
● Waterspouts are
rotating columns of
air that form over
water bodies, such as
oceans, seas, lakes,
or rivers. It is a
weaker version of a
tornado
● It does not "spout"
from the water. The water inside a waterspout is formed by condensation in the cloud.
● They are connected to a towering cumulonimbus cloud and have a funnel-like appearance.
● Types of Waterspouts
○ Tornadic waterspouts: they are actual tornadoes that form over water or move from land to water. They are
associated with severe thunderstorms, and are often accompanied by high winds and seas, large hail, and
frequent dangerous lightning.
○ Fair-weather waterspouts: As their name suggests, they are formed during fair weather. They are less
dangerous and usually small.
9.11. World’s Second Largest Diamond

Context
Recently, a massive 2,492-carat diamond, the world's second largest, was discovered in Botswana's Karowe Diamond
Mine.
SIP Monthly Magazine Schemes in News
10. Schemes in News

10.1. Employment Linked Scheme (ELS)
Context
The Budget 2024 announced the launch of 3 schemes to boost employment and hiring in the formal sector, known as
‘Employment Linked Incentive’ schemes.
About ELS
● These schemes will provide benefits to employers and first-time employees who have enrolled in the EPFO
(Employees Provident Fund Organisation).
What are 3 Schemes under ELS?

● Scheme A - First-time employment
○ Under this scheme, all newly joined employees in the formal sector will receive a direct benefit transfer of one
month's salary in 3 instalments of up to Rs.15,000
○ Eligibility: enrolment in the EPFO and a salary of up to Rs.1 lakh per month.
○ The employees have to mandatorily undergo a Financial Literacy course for receiving the second instalment.
● Scheme B - Job creation in manufacturing
○ An incentive will be provided at specified scale directly to both the employee and the employer with respect
to their EPFO contribution in the first 4 years of employment.
● Scheme C - Support to employers
○ The government will reimburse EPFO contributions paid by the applicable employers for the additional
employees hired in the previous year up to Rs.3,000 per month for 2 years.
About EPFO
● It is a statutory body that came into existence under the Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous
Provisions Act, of 1952.
● It is one of the World's largest Social Security Organisations in terms of clientele and the volume of financial
transactions undertaken.
● It is under the administrative control of the Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India.
10.2. AMRUT 2.0

Context
● Government has included AMRUT 2.0 mission in its 100 day agenda.
● By this cities are expected to launch projects worth Rs 5,000 cr. focusing on water supply, sewage treatment, and
the rejuvenation of water bodies and parks.
What is the 100-day Agenda?

● This agenda outlines immediate steps to be taken within the first 100 days of a newly elected government to
ensure quick implementation of the Vision 2047 goals.
About AMRUT (Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation)

● Launched: On June, 2015
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA)
● Objectives of the Mission:
○ Ensure that every household has access to a tap with assured supply of water and a sewerage connection
○ Increase the amenity value of cities by developing greenery and well-maintained open spaces e.g., parks
○ Reduce pollution by switching to public transport or constructing facilities for non-motorized transport e.g.,
walking and cycling.
AMRUT 2.0
● Launched: On October 2021 (For 5 year period)
● Objectives:
○ Enhancing sewerage and septic management and to make all Indian cities water secure.
○ Providing 100% coverage of water supply to all households by providing about 2.68 crore tap connections
○ 100% coverage of sewerage and septage in 500 AMRUT cities.
10.3. Regional Connectivity Scheme (RCS)

Context
The Union government will seek an extension for the regional air connectivity scheme (RCS) beyond the initial 10-year
period.
About RCS-UDAN (Ude Desh ka Aam Naagrik)

● Launched: October 2016
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Civil Aviation
● Objective: To connect small and medium cities with
big cities through air service.
● Funding: It is jointly funded by the central government and state governments.
● Under the scheme, airlines have to cap airfares for 50% of the total seats at Rs. 2,500 per hour of flight. This is
achieved through;
○ Viability Gap Funding (VGF) – A government grant provided to the airlines to bridge the gap between the cost
of operations and expected revenue.
○ Regional Connectivity Fund (RCF) was created to meet the viability gap funding requirements under the
scheme.
10.4. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana

Context
The Union Cabinet has sanctioned the construction of an additional 3 crore houses under the PMAY.
About Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY)

● It is a credit-linked subsidy scheme initiated to provide affordable housing to low and moderate-income residents
across the country.
● Components:
○ PMAY-U (Urban)
■ Objective: To provide housing for all in urban areas.
■ Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA)
■ Beneficiaries: Economically Weaker Section (EWS), Low-Income Group (LIG), and Middle-Income Group
(MIG).
○ PMAY-G (Gramin)
■ Objective: To provide a pucca house with basic amenities to all rural families who are homeless or living
in kutcha or dilapidated houses.
■ Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD)
■ Beneficiaries: Identified using the Socio-Economic and Caste Census (SECC) 2011.
■ It also encourages convergence with other schemes like Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) for toilet
construction, and MGNREGA for wage employment.
10.5. Jiyo Parsi Scheme

Context
Recently the Union Minority Affairs Minister has launched a portal for the Jiyo Parsi Scheme.
About Jiyo Parsi Scheme

● Nodal Ministry: Minister for Minority Affairs
● Nature: Central Sector Scheme.
● Objective: To reverse the declining trend of Parsi Population
by adopting scientific protocol and structured interventions
and to stabilise their population in India.
● Components:
○ Medical Component: Financial assistance is provided to
Parsi Couples for medical treatment.
○ Health of Community Component: Financial assistance is provided to Parsi Couples for child care and
assistance of elderly people.
○ Advocacy Component: Advocacy/outreach programmes are conducted to generate awareness among the
Parsi Population.
10.6. Pradhan Mantri Kisan Urja Suraksha Evam Utthan Mahabhiyan (PM
KUSUM) Yojna
Context
Recently the deadline of PM-KUSUM Yojna has been extended to 2026 due to slow progress in its completion.
About PM KUSUM Yojna

● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE).
● Aim: To add Solar capacity of about 34,800 MW by March 2026
● Components:
○ Component A: Setting up of 10,000 MW of Decentralised Ground Connected Solar Energy based Power Plants
by the farmers on their land
○ Component B: Installation of 14 Lakh Stand-alone Solar Agriculture Pumps
○ Component C: Solarisation of 35 Lakh Grid Connected Agriculture Pumps including Feeder Level Solarization
● Eligible Categories:
○ An individual farmer.
○ A group of farmers.
○ FPO or Farmer producer organisation.
○ Panchayat.
○ Co-operatives.
○ Water User Associations.
10.7. Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas (KGBV)

Context
National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) found several shortfalls in the functioning of Kasturba
Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas.
What were the shortfalls?

● Lack of transparency in the utilisation of funds, weak infrastructure, shortage of teachers, low salary of teachers,
and concerns about safety.
About Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas

● Launch: 2004
● Objective: To set up residential schools at upper primary level.
● Eligibility Criteria:
○ Girls belonging to disadvantaged groups such as (SC, ST, OBC, Minority & BPL)
○ Girl students in the age group of 14 to 18 years.
○ Girls living in areas with low female literacy.
● KGBV is being implemented in Educationally backward blocks (EBBs) of the country.

○ EBBs are areas where the female rural literacy is below the national average and the gender gap in literacy is
above the national average.
● The scheme provides for a minimum reservation of 75% of the seats for girls belonging to SC, ST, OBC and minority
communities.
National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT)
● It is an autonomous organisation set up in 1961 by the Government of India to assist and advise the Central and
State Governments on policies and programmes for qualitative improvement in school education.
● It is a Non-Statutory Body.
10.8. Lakhpati Didi Scheme

Context
Recently PM Narendra Modi addressed a rally of Lakhpati Didi’s in Maharashtra. There he launched a ₹2,500-crore
revolving fund which will benefit 48 lakh members of 4.3 lakh self-help groups.
About Lakhpati Didi scheme

● Launched: In August 2023
● Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Rural Development
● Features:
○ Training women in self-help groups (SHGs) so that they can earn a sustainable income of at least Rs 1 lakh per
annum per household.
■ This income is calculated for at least four agricultural seasons and/or business cycles.
○ Capitalization Support: Providing access to - Collateral-free loans, Interest Subvention, Overdraft (OD) facility
linked to Jan-Dhan Accounts, Women Enterprise Acceleration Fund.
○ Capacity Building: training potential Lakhpati Didis with necessary skills and knowledge. E.g. Lakhpati Didi
strategy, financial literacy, and livelihood skills.
● Target: 3 crore lakhpati didi’s by 2024-25.
SIP Monthly Magazine Places in News
11. Places In News

11.1. Kenya
Context
Recently Kenya passed a finance bill that imposed high taxes on
necessary food items. This led to violent protests killing dozens
of people.
About Kenya
● Location: East Africa.
● Bordered by: Tanzania in the South, Uganda in the West,
South Sudan in the North West, Ethiopia in the North and
Somalia in the East
● Geography: Its terrain rises from a low coastal plain on the
Indian Ocean to mountains and plateaus at its centre.
○ Lamu Archipelago is in Kenya.
11.2. Nigeria
Context
Recently bombing events have occurred
in the northwest region of Nigeria.
About Nigeria
● Location: Western coast of Africa.
● Capital: Abuja
● Bordered by: It is bordered to the
north by Niger, to the east by Chad
and Cameroon, to the south by the
Gulf of Guinea of the Atlantic
Ocean, and to the west by Benin.
● Geography:
○ Major Rivers: Niger and its
Largest Tributary Benue.
○ Major Mountain Range:
Cameroonian Highland.
About BOKO-HARAM
● Boko Haram is an Islamic sectarian movement founded in 2002 by Muhammed Yusuf.
● Boko Haram militants mainly inhabit areas in the northern states of Nigeria.
11.3. Lebanon
Context
Various countries have urgently appealed to their foreign nationals to
leave Lebanon due to an increasingly unstable geopolitical situation.
About Lebanon
● Location: Eastern shore of the Mediterranean Sea in the Levant
region of West Asia.
● Bordered by: Syria to the north and east, by Israel to the south,
and by the Mediterranean Sea to the west; Cyprus lies a short
distance away from the country's coastline.
● Capital: Beirut.
● The border between Israel and Lebanon is known as the Blue Line.
○ It was set by the United Nations in 2000 after Israel withdrew its military from southern Lebanon.
11.4. Mont Blanc

Context
Glaciers in the Mont-Blanc mountain range of Europe are melting rapidly.
About Mont Blanc

● Mont Blanc is the second-highest mountain in Europe after Mount
Elbrus.
● It is the highest mountain in the Alps and Western Europe.
Alps
● The Alps are a significant mountain range
system located in Central Europe, serving
as a natural border and "transition area"
between Central and Mediterranean
Europe.
● The Alps form part of France, Italy,
Switzerland, Germany, Austria, Slovenia,
Croatia, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Montenegro, Serbia, and Albania.
11.5. Kursk Region

Context
A state of emergency has
been declared in Kursk
following a Ukrainian
incursion into the Russian
border region.
About Kursk Region

● Location: South-
western border of
Russia.
● It is situated in the
centre of the
European part of
Russia.
● It lies along the upper
Seym River.
● This region is known as the Black Earth territory due to its fertile soil.
11.6. Tungabhadra Dam

Context
Recently a crest gate of the Tungabhadra dam collapsed which triggered flood alerts in Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
About Tungabhadra Dam (Pampa Sagar Multipurpose Dam)

● Built On: Tungabhadra River
● Location: Hospet in Karnataka.
● Feature: The Tungabhadra reservoir and the Mullaperiyar dam in Kerala are the only two reservoirs in the country
that were built by mud and limestone.
About Tungabhadra River

● Origin: By the confluence of two rivers, the Tunga River and the Bhadra River.
● Place of Confluence: Koodli in the Shimoga district of Karnataka
● Flows Through: Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
● Significance: Largest tributary of the Krishna River.
○ The city of Hampi (capital of the Vijayanagara Empire) located on the banks of the river.
● Major Tributaries: Varada, Hagari, and Handri
11.7. Gumti River

Context
The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has denied Bangladesh’s
allegations that floods in eastern districts of Bangladesh were caused
due to the opening of the Dumbur dam in Tripura.
About Gumti River

● Origin: Dumboor Lake, Tripura (The lake is the confluence of rivers
Raima and Sarma).
● Tributaries:
○ Right Bank: Kanchi Gang, Pitra Gang, San Gang, Mailak
Chhara and Surma Chhara
○ Left Bank: Ek Chhari, Maharani Chhara, Ganga.
● Flows Through: India and Bangladesh
● Significance: It is the largest, longest and sacred river in the state
of Tripura.
Dumbur Dam
● Built on: Gumti river.
● Location: Over 120 kilometres upstream from the Bangladesh border.
● Features: It is a low height (about 30m) dam from which Bangladesh also draws 40 MW power.
SIP Monthly Magazine Species in News
12. Species in News

12.1. Orangutans
Context
The Malaysian Government modified its proposal of sending Orangutans to palm oil purchasing countries after facing
widespread criticism from wildlife conservationists.
About Orangutan
● Appearance: They have distinctive red fur,
● Features: Highly intelligent and share 96.4% of their
genes with humans
○ Largest arboreal mammals.
○ They can self-medicate.
● Diet: Frugivorous. They primarily eat fruits, and consume
leaves, bark, insects, and occasionally small animals.
● Species: Bornean, Sumatran, and Tapanuli.
● Distribution: Tropical rainforests of Southeast Asia,
specifically on the islands of Borneo and Sumatra.
● IUCN Status: Critically Endangered (all 3 species)
12.2. Northern Bald Ibis

Context
Efforts of Biologist Johannes Fritz and the Waldrapp team has increased the population of northern bald ibis from zero
to nearly 300 since 2002. It became extinct in Central Europe during the 17th century due to excessive hunting.
About Northern Bald Ibis

● Conservation Effort:
○ The Ibis is primarily a migratory bird, but due to
the death of their wild-born elders, they have
lost guidance on their migratory route.
○ A group of conservationists from Austria is now
guiding them to follow their migratory path.
● Features:
○ Ibis is known for its black plumage with an
iridescent green sheen, a bald red head with
black markings, and a long, downward-curved
beak.
○ They feed on insect larvae, earthworms, and are
not Scavengers.
○ There is no Sexual Dimorphism in this species.
● IUCN Status: Endangered (formerly Critically
Endangered)
● Habitat: They prefer open areas with short grass, such as meadows, pastures etc.
What is Sexual Dimorphism?

● It refers to the systematic difference in form between individuals of different sex in the same species like
difference in size and weight of male and female in species.
● E.g. Male baboons are twice the size of females.
SIP Monthly Magazine Miscellaneous
13. Miscellaneous
13.1. Rashtriya Vigyan Puruskar

Context
The Union government has announced the first set of Rashtriya Vigyan Puraskar /national awards for scientists.
More in News
● Noted biochemist and former Director of the Indian Institute of Science, G Padmanabhan was announced as the
winner of the Vigyan Ratna.
● The Vigyan team award went to the ISRO’s Chandrayaan-3 team
● The Award Ceremony for all categories is held every year on the National Space Day on 23rd August.
About Rashtriya Vigyan Puraskar

● Purpose: to recognize outstanding contributions in science, technology, and innovation.
● Eligible For Award: Scientists and innovators in government, private organisations, or individuals working
independently.
○ People of Indian origin staying abroad with exceptional contributions benefiting Indian communities or
society.
● Awards are given in 4 categories:
○ Vigyan Ratna (VR): Awarded to recognize lifetime achievements & contributions made in any field of science
and technology. (Max. 3)
○ Vigyan Shri(VS): Awarded to recognize distinguished contributions in any field of science and technology.
(Max. 25)
○ Vigyan Yuva- Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar (VY-SSB): Awarded to recognize & encourage young scientists who
made an exceptional contribution in any field of science and technology. (Max. 25)
○ VigyanTeam (VT): Awarded to a team comprising three or more scientists or researchers who have made an
exceptional contribution working in a team in any field of science and technology. (Max. 3)
13.2. National Institute Ranking Framework (NIRF)

Context
NIRF Rankings for 2024 are released by the Union Education Minister.
About NIRF
● It is a methodology adopted by the Ministry of Education, to rank institutions of higher education in India.
● Categories Covered:
○ Overall, Research Institutions
○ Universities and ‘Colleges
○ Specific disciplines like engineering, management, pharmacy, law, etc.
● Parameters:
○ Teaching, Learning and Resources (TLR) (30% weightage),
○ Research and Professional Practice (RP) (30% weightage),
○ Graduation Outcomes (GO) (20% weightage),
○ Outreach and Inclusivity (OI) (10% weightage) and
○ Perception (PR) (10% weightage).
NIRF Rankings 2024:

Top institutes in the Overall category
● IIT Madras
● IISc Bengaluru
● IIT Bombay
Top institutes under the Engineering category
● IT Madras
● IIT Delhi
● IIT Bombay
Top institutes in the Universities category
● IISc, Bengaluru
● JNU, New Delhi
● JMI, New Delhi
13.3. Kumki Elephant

Context
Andhra Pradesh Environment Minister asked to provide 8 kumki elephants to tackle man-elephant conflict in the State.
What are Kumki Elephants?

● They are trained captive elephants
● They are used for:
○ Operations to trap, rescue and tranquilise wild elephants.
○ To rescue wounded elephants, and to lend support to the wild elephants that have difficulty standing.
○ Help manage and drive wild elephants, thereby reducing damage to crops, human habitation and the
potential loss of both human and elephant lives.
○ Forest patrolling and rescue operations.
13.4. Creator’s Economy

Context
Information and Broadcasting Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw stated that the Centre is establishing world-class facilities in
India to enhance creators' economy.
About Creator’s Economy

● It is an internet-facilitated economy which allows content creators and influencers to earn revenue from their
creations.
○ Examples of creator economy software platforms include YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, Twitch,
Spotify, etc.
About Waves Summit

● WAVES is a global summit for the media and entertainment industry, specifically focusing on the Indian media and
entertainment Industry.
● The Ministry of Information & Broadcasting (MoIB) is going to host the first World Audio Visual & Entertainment
Summit (WAVES) at Goa
○ It will be hosted along with the 55th International Film Festival of India (IFFI) from 20-24 November 2024.
13.5. Research Designs and Standards Organisation (RDSO)

Context
A recent study conducted by the Research Design and Standards
Organisation has found that train controllers face multiple
challenges at work.
About RDSO
● It is the sole Research and Development organisation of Indian
Railways.
● Headquarters: Lucknow (UP).
● The KAVACH system was developed by RDSO.
● Functions:
○ Technical advisor to Railway Board, Zonal Railways and Production Units.

○ Develops new and improved designs for railway equipment.
○ Develops standards for materials and products, and provides detailed technical specifications for vendors.
Success in Mains
Monthly IQ
A Comprehensive Current Affairs Magazine for
UPSC CSE Exam
August 2024
Contents
1. GENERAL STUDIES - PAPER-I�� 1
HISTORY AND ART & CULTURE��1
CONTRIBUTION OF INDIAN LANGUAGES, ART & LITERATURE TO THE FREEDOM MOVEMENT�� 1
ROLE OF FORTS IN INDIAN HISTORY �� 4
GEOGRAPHY��5
LACK OF BASIC CIVIC AMENITIES IN CITIES�� 5
INDIAN SOCIETY��7
VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN�� 7
SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF WOMEN AT WORKPLACE�� 10
REFUGEE RIGHTS: VULNERABILITY OF WOMEN�� 13
2. GENERAL STUDIES - PAPER-II�� 15

POLITY AND GOVERNANCE�� 15
UNIFORM CIVIL CODE�� 15
WAQF (AMENDMENT) BILL, 2024�� 16
SUPREME COURT RULING ON SCHEDULED CASTE/SCHEDULED TRIBE SUB CLASSIFICATION�� 18
DO WE NEED A CENTRAL LAW FOR PROTECTION OF HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS?�� 20
INCREASE IN RTE COVERAGE�� 23
SPORTS GOVERNANCE�� 24
ADOPTION OF DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES IN RURAL INDIA�� 27
LATERAL ENTRY�� 29
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS�� 31
INDIA- CHINA RELATIONS�� 31
INDIA-BANGLADESH RELATIONS�� 33
STRATEGIC AUTONOMY�� 35
INDIA FRANCE RELATION�� 38
INDIA-POLAND RELATIONS�� 40
INDIAN PM VISIT TO KYIV�� 43
3. GENERAL STUDIES - PAPER-III�� 46

ECONOMY�� 46
ENHANCING INNOVATION IN RURAL INDIA�� 46
SUSTAINABLE EMPLOYMENT�� 48
REACHING $30 TRILLION ECONOMY�� 50
POWERING INDIA’S FUTURE-CLEAN ENERGY�� 51
RAILWAY SAFETY IN INDIA�� 54
PPP- BUILD OPERATE TRANSFER�� 56
FOOD PROCESSING: OVERVIEW AND GROWING DEMAND IN INDIA�� 58
ENVIRONMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT�� 61
DAM SAFETY�� 61
INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS�� 64
DISASTER MANAGEMENT ACT, 2005�� 67
GLACIAL LAKE OUTBURST FLOOD (GLOF)�� 70
LANDSLIDES: CAUSES, IMPACT AND PREVENTION STRATEGIES�� 73
CLIMATE AGENDA FOR INDIA�� 76
INTERNAL SECURITY�� 78
INSTABILITY IN INDIA’S NEIGHBOURHOOD IS A CONCERN, SAYS CDS�� 78
INDIA’S NUCLEAR DOCTRINE�� 81
4. GENERAL STUDIES - PAPER-IV�� 84

EUTHANASIA�� 84
CORRUPTION: A HISTORICAL AND CONTEMPORARY ANALYSIS WITH KAUTILYA’S PERSPECTIVES�� 87
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)�� 89
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY IN SPORTS�� 92
UNDERSTANDING EMPATHY: PERSPECTIVES AND PRACTICES�� 94
UK CIVIL SERVANTS COULD BE GIVEN MEANS TO RAISE ETHICAL CONCERNS�� 95
CONTEMPORARY EXAMPLES/CASE STUDY WHICH CAN BE USED IN ETHICS PAPER�� 96
Success in Mains Monthly IQ, August 2024 1
General Studies - Paper-I

HISTORY AND ART & CULTURE
Contribution of Indian Languages, Art & literature to The Freedom Movement
Introduction
Throughout history, literature, art and culture have been powerful tools for communication and expression, playing a crucial role
in awakening national consciousness during the struggle for independence.
Historical Context
→ British Expansion and Colonial Rule: The British East India Company began its imperial expansion with the battles of Plassey
(1757) and Buxar (1764), which laid the groundwork for extensive colonial rule across India.
→ First War of Independence (1857): This uprising was a pivotal moment that sparked a series of revolts and significantly
heightened the desire for liberation.
→ Introduction of the Printing Press: The printing press, introduced in Goa in 1576, played a key role in spreading nationalist
ideas and fostering political awareness.
→ Emergence of Indian Newspapers:
The Bengal Gazette, the first Indian newspaper (1780), provided a platform for educated individuals to express patriotic
views.
Leaders like Bal Gangadhar Tilak used newspapers such as Kesari to challenge British policies and faced imprisonment for
their outspoken views.
Enhanced Reach through Vernacular Language

→ Transcending Linguistic Barriers: Nationalist literature effectively crossed language boundaries by employing local languages,
thus reaching and resonating with a broad audience.
→ Vernacular Press Act (1878): Recognizing the potential threat of vernacular literature, the British enacted this act to curb
dissent. However, its repeal in 1881 allowed nationalist literature to flourish once again.
→ Role of Raja Ram Mohan Roy: Raja Ram Mohan Roy, a significant figure in the development of the national press, launched
Sambad Kaumudi in Bengali, which promoted a sense of unity among Indians.
Influential Literary Figures

→ Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay:
His novel Anandamath (1882) is notable for introducing the song “Vande Mataram,” which became a symbol of the
independence movement.
Devi Chaudharani (1884) motivated women to engage actively in the fight for freedom.
→ Bharatendu Harishchandra: Renowned as the father of modern Hindi literature, Bharatendu Harishchandra used his plays and
poems to cultivate Hindi nationalism and address social issues.
→ Rabindranath Tagore:
A Nobel laureate, Tagore’s works such as Gora (1909) and Ghare Baire (1916) delved into themes of nationalism and inner
conflict.
He also composed India’s national anthem, “Jana Gana Mana.”
→ Bal Gangadhar Tilak: Through his newspapers Mahratta and Kesari, Tilak became a prominent voice in the independence
movement, articulating the aspirations of the Indian people.
© Study IQ Publications
2 Success in Mains Monthly IQ, August 2024
Revolutionary Literature
→ Expression of Revolutionary Spirit: The revolutionary fervor was expressed through various literary forms, with organizations
like Anushilan publishing newspapers that mobilized public sentiment against colonial rule.
→ Vinayak Damodar Savarkar: The Indian War of Independence (1909) reframed the 1857 revolt as the initial struggle for
independence, drawing national attention to the cause.
→ Role of the Indian Diaspora: Indian expatriates contributed significantly with publications such as Hindustan Ghadar and
Circular-i-Azadi, which echoed anti-colonial sentiments from abroad.
Social Commentary Through Literature

→ Addressing Social Injustices: Literature also tackled social issues alongside political freedom. Works such as Untouchable
(1935) by Mulk Raj Anand and Pathar Dabi (1926) by Sarat Chandra Chattopadhyay underscored the need for social justice and
equality.
→ M.K. Gandhi’s Writings: Gandhi’s Hind Swaraj (1938) highlighted the importance of self-rule and moral integrity in the struggle
for independence.
Role of Art and Literature in the Freedom Struggle

→ Stirring Emotions: Art played a key role in highlighting oppression and injustice increasing awareness among the elite and
bourgeoisie of the common people’s suffering through vivid depictions of their harsh conditions.
→ Cultivating Nationalist Feelings: Nationalist art and literature moved from religious themes to portrayals of battles and patriotic
poetry, fostering national identity and purpose.
→ Bridging Language Gaps: Art and literature bridged linguistic divides through visual and performing arts with local language
literature making the independence struggle more inclusive.
→ Raising Awareness: Writers and poets such as Rabindranath Tagore, Josh Malihabadi, Muhammad Iqbal and Kazi Nazrul Islam
used their works to spread awareness about British atrocities and inspire the fight for freedom.
→ Encouraging Women’s participation: Leaders like Begum Rokeya and Sarojini Naidu promoted women’s rights and political
involvement while Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay’s Devi Chaudharani and Anandamath inspired female activism through
strong female protagonists.
→ Cultural Identity Revival: The Swadeshi movement revived suppressed cultural identities giving rise to the Bengal School of Art
and Indian styles. Artists like Abanindranath Tagore, Jamini Roy and SH Raza drew from traditional folk art.
→ Instrument of Propaganda: Literature served as a propaganda tool through newspapers like Bande Mataram, Jungantar Patrika
and Harijan, uniting citizens and spreading crucial information against British rule.
→ Fostering Patriotism: Art and literature conveyed patriotism and exposed British injustices. For instance, Anandamath
highlighted sacrifice and patriotism, with the song “Bande Mataram” as a rallying cry.
→ Revealing the True Nature of British Rule: Books such as Poverty and un-British rule by Dada Bhai Naoroji, The Economic
History of India by RC Dutt exposed the British Government’s economic exploitation and helped understand the true nature
of British rule.
Art as a Medium for Political Expression during Freedom Movement

→ Visual Communication: In a nation with widespread illiteracy, visual art forms such as Rangoli and Warli became crucial tools
to engage those who could not read or write, making nationalist discussions more inclusive at rallies and public events.
→ Symbolism: Abanindranath Tagore’s painting “Bharat Mata” symbolized the nationalist movement, representing the freedom
struggle and unity against colonial rule. This iconic image galvanized the public and became a central focus for shared aspirations.
→ Critical Commentary: Artists such as Chittaprosad used striking imagery to subtly critique colonial policies. For example his
depictions of the Bengal Famine highlighted the harsh realities of British rule leading to significant national and international
outrage.
→ Dissemination: Artwork spread through nationalist publications like ‘Young India’ thereby enhancing its reach. Visual elements
such as sketches and cartoons were crucial in influencing public opinion and challenging British policies.
→ Public Spaces: Street murals and art in public squares continuously reminded people of the ongoing struggle. During the Quit
India Movement murals of freedom fighters and resistance symbols became common keeping the spirit of nationalism vibrant.
→ Relatable Symbols: Simple artworks like the Charkha (Spinning Wheel) were relatable and widespread. Posters featuring these
symbols connected people in remote areas to the independence movement.
Role of Folk songs in Freedom movement

→ ‘Vande Matram’ Hailing Mother India
In 1870 noted Bengali poet Bankim Chandra Chatterjee penned ‘Vande Mataram..sujalam sufalam..’ which hailed India as
‘Mother’ and featured in his 1880 novel Anandamath.
Rabindranath Tagore composed and performed this poem at the Indian National Congress session in Calcutta in 1896.
“Vande Mataram” fueled patriotic fervor and became a rallying cry during protests against the 1905 partition of Bengal.
→ Rabindra Sangeet: ‘Ekla Chalo Re’
It was composed by Rabindranath Tagore and was sung widely during the Swadeshi Movement and the protests against the
Bengal Partition.
→ ‘Sare Jahan Se Acha..’ poem by Muhammed Iqbal
Originally composed for the children it appeared in the issue of the Ittehad magazine in 1906 and was recited by Iqbal himself at a
college in Lahore. Mahatma Gandhi himself was inspired from the poem during his imprisonment in Yerwada Jail in 1930
→ ‘Bharat Bhagya Vidhata’
It was written and composed by Rabindranath Tagore has inspired the Indian minds with patriotism and spirit of Independence
These lines were sung for the first time at the 1911 Calcutta session of the Indian National Congress and were published in
the Tattwabodhini Patrika.
Indian National Anthem ‘Jana Gana Mana’ declared in 1950 is inspired from it
→ The Song of Rebel Warrior
It was a traditional folk song on 1857 war of Independence sung by women of Hathras district. Assimilating the ideals of valor and
bravery the song invariably depicts the struggle of common masses against the British Army during the first war of Independence.
Central Role of Khadi in Indian Freedom Struggle

→ Connecting to Roots and Dignity: Mahatma Gandhi saw khadi as a means to reconnect Indians with their heritage, the value
of labor and rural life. He believed that spinning and weaving khadi would bridge social divides and foster unity across different
classes.
→ Symbol of Self-Sufficiency: During the Non-Cooperation and Quit India Movements Gandhi promoted the boycott of British
goods and adoption of khadi as a protest tool. Spinning the charkha and weaving khadi became strong symbols of resistance
against British rule.
→ Symbol of Nationalism: Khadi emerged as a symbol of nationalism often described as being woven with “the threads of
Swaraj” (self-rule).
→ Symbolised Indigenous Craft: Gandhi aimed to use khadi to advance India’s native arts and crafts and support the economic
development of rural areas.
→ National Flag Symbol: In the 1930s the charkha was prominently featured on the Indian national flag representing its
significance in the national movement
Conclusion
Art and literature were crucial to India’s freedom struggle, serving as a means to critique colonial rule and unify people. They
significantly shaped national consciousness and inspired the independence movement. Today their legacy endures in modern
India highlighting the lasting impact of words and art in achieving freedom. These works ignited hope and resilience playing a key
role in India’s liberation.
Source: Yojana Magazine
ROLE OF FORTS IN INDIAN HISTORY
Introduction
Forts in India are remarkable symbols of the country’s rich history, reflecting tales of valour, conquest, and cultural heritage. These
structures, reflecting both indigenous architectural styles and influences from conquerors, do not follow a linear development but
rather show a rich synthesis of different traditions.
Forts and their Characteristics

Fort means any structure that is used or built for the purpose of defending a territory by repelling external attacks. In Sanskrit, a fort is referred
to as “Durga,” signifying its inaccessibility or difficulty to approach.
Forts are in general characterized by the following:
→ Built for defence with thick walls, ditches, and parapets.
→ Often located on hills or strategic sites for protection.
→ Constructed from materials like stone or earth.
→ Central citadel with extra space between walls and citadel.
→ Large, decorated gates
→ Evolved from natural defences to advanced constructions using local resources.
Development of Forts in India

Period Characteristics
Ancient Indus Valley → The citadel of Indus Valley settlements showcased fortified development.
Civilization → E.g., Citadel area in Mohenjo-daro, was surrounded by a moat; Kot Diji featured a fortified site.
Vedic Period → Vedic period’s information on fortifications primarily derives from literary texts rather than
archaeological findings.
→ The Rig Veda mentions tribes residing in fortified settlements known as Pura.
Mahajanapadas → The capitals of Mahajanapadas were fortified cities.
Period → E.g., Magadha’s ancient capital, Rajgir, consisted of two stone-walled fortified cities: Old Rajagriha and
New Rajagriha.
Mauryan Period → Kautilya’s Arthashastra classifies forts into various types: Jal-Durga (Water Forts), Dhanvana-Durga
(Desert Forts), Giri-Durga (Hill Forts), Vana-Durga (Forest Forts), Mahi-Durga (Earthen Forts), and Nri-
Durga (Human Forts).
→ E.g., Uparkot in Junagarh is believed to have been built in 319 BC by the Mauryan emperor
Chandragupta
Gupta period → Construction of several prominent forts and fortified cities.
→ E.g., Garhwa Fort Complex (Prayagraj, UP), Basarh Fort (Bihar)
Sangam period → Fully-built forts during this period showcased advanced architectural features, including moats, turrets
and bastions.
→ E.g., The Sangam literature offers a detailed depiction of the fort at Madurai.
Medieval Rajput → Characterized by massive fortified gates with watchtowers, multiple victory-commemorating gates,
customized designs for weaponry, reinforced walls against cannon fire, and worship areas within the
fort.
→ E.g., Forts in Chittorgah, Amer and Gwalior.
Delhi Sultanate → The architectural style was a synthesis of indigenous traditions and influences from Central Asia.
Period → E.g., Tughlaqabad fort, Siri fort.
Mughal Period → Blended architectural style, drawing influences from Persian, Indian, and various regional traditions.
→ E.g., Agra Fort, Red Fort
Period Characteristics
Modern Portuguese → Portuguese fortified their settlements to safeguard their trade interests.
→ E.g., Fort Aguada in Goa, Fort Emmanuel in Kochi
Dutch → E.g., Dutch Fort at Falta
British → Constructed numerous forts across India to solidify their control and protect trade
→ E.g., Fort St. George in Chennai and Fort William in Kolkata.
Role of Forts in Indian History

→ Defence and Security: Forts provided crucial protection against invasions.
E.g., Gwalior fort.
→ Administrative Centres: Many forts housed royal residences and administrative offices.
E.g., Red Fort in Delhi, built by Shah Jahan, served as the political and administrative centre of the Mughal Empire.
→ Symbol of Power: Forts symbolised the authority of rulers.
E.g., Golconda Fort in Telangana showcased the military might and wealth of the Qutb Shahi dynasty.
→ Trade and Commerce Hubs: Located on key trade routes, cities around forts developed as major economic hubs.
E.g., Cities such as Agra thrived due to their proximity to Agra Fort
→ Cultural Centres: Forts acted as cultural hubs, nurturing art, music, and literature.
E.g., Chittorgah fort featuring intricate murals, Jain sculptures in Gwalior fort.
→ Architectural Heritage: Forts showcase architectural brilliance, blending various styles.
E.g., Agra Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, reflects Mughal architecture with Persian influences.
Forts and Freedom Struggle

→ Ahmednagar Fort: Built by Malik Ahmad Nizam Shah I in 1427, the fort became a British prison for key freedom fighters like Jawaharlal
Nehru and Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel during India’s independence struggle.
→ Jhansi Fort: This fort was the battleground where Rani Lakshmibai led her valiant fight against the British in the Revolt of 1857.
→ Panchalankurichi Fort: The fort served as the military base for the Tamil warrior Veerapandiya Kattabomman in his resistance against the
British.
→ Red Fort: The Red Fort in Delhi became the site of the Indian National Army trials in 1945, where soldiers of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose’s
army were tried for treason.
→ Salimgarh Fort: This fort in Delhi was used by the British to imprison soldiers of the Indian National Army (INA) after World War II.
→ Vellore Fort: Built by the Vijayanagara Empire, this fort witnessed the Vellore Mutiny of 1806, a significant precursor to the 1857 revolt.
Conclusion
The forts in India are not just historical structures but enduring symbols of the nation’s diverse cultural heritage, architectural
brilliance, and technological advancements throughout history. From ancient citadels to modern fortifications, they have played
a crucial role in defence, governance, and trade, while also serving as centres of art and culture.
PYQ
The rock-cut architecture represents one of the most important sources of our knowledge of early Indian art and history. Discuss. (2020)
GEOGRAPHY
Lack of Basic Civic Amenities in Cities
Context
Due to lack of basic civic amenities, there have been various tragedies across the country especially during the monsoon season.
Recent instances of tragedies

→ Delhi NCR Region: 3 students died in a flooded basement, Mother and son drown in Delhi’s half-open under-construction drain.
→ Collapse of bridges such as Morbi bridge in Gujarat (2022) resulted in over 140 fatalities.
What are basic Amenities?

Basic amenities are fundamental facilities and services provided by local governments necessary for maintaining a standard of
living and daily activities. Basic amenities includes-
→ Water Supply: Clean and safe drinking water for households and public areas.
→ Sanitation: Sewage systems, garbage disposal and public toilets for hygiene.
→ Electricity: Reliable and affordable power for residential, commercial and industrial use.
→ Roads & Transportation: Well-maintained roads and transportation services like buses & metro.
→ Healthcare: Medical facilities such as hospitals, clinics and health centres for care.
→ Education: Accessible educational institutions like schools and colleges.
→ Drainage Systems: Effective drainage to prevent flooding and maintain cleanliness.
→ Public Spaces: Maintenance of parks, playgrounds and recreational areas.
Correlation with Human Rights and SDG

→ In 2010, the United Nations recognized safe water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) as a human right.
→ Goal 6 of SDGs is also related to universal attainment of WASH because of its essential role in public health.
What Factors Contribute to the Deficiency of Basic Amenities?

→ The rapid influx of population in urban areas leads to rapid urbanisation without equivalent infrastructural development.
This results in inconsistent supply of essential services.
→ High poverty rates limit access to basic amenities.
Example: More than 90% of the housing shortage in urban India is faced by economically weaker sections and low-income
groups.
→ Economic constraints hinder individuals’ ability to access or improve basic services like clean water, electricity, and sanitation.
Example: Only about 18% of slum areas have precarious access to piped water. Non-notified slums (which amount to 60%
of all slums) are completely deprived of water supply.
→ Insufficient government investment in infrastructure exacerbates the deficiencies in basic amenities.
Example: Despite initiatives like the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), many projects under
this scheme faced delays or funding shortages.
→ Weak governance and inefficient policy implementation lead to poor service delivery.
Issues such as corruption, lack of accountability, and bureaucratic inefficiency play significant roles.
→ Environmental degradation such as pollution, resource depletion and over concretisation, affect the availability of clean water
and safe living conditions.
→ Limited community engagement in planning and maintaining local amenities often results in mismatched priorities and
underutilization of resources.
→ Discrimination based on caste, religion, or gender may restrict access to services provided in certain areas, further marginalising
vulnerable populations.
Suggested Measures
→ Infrastructure Improvements:
De-concretizing areas to improve water percolation.
Setting up filtration pits to manage and clean water before it reaches aquifers.
Create detention ponds to improve drainage.
→ Empower local communities to participate actively in development projects and ensure resources are managed effectively
such as Kerala’s People’s Campaign for Decentralised Planning.
→ Sustainable environmental practices such as renewable energy that enhances basic amenities while protecting the environment
as seen in rural areas.
→ Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) should be encouraged in various projects.
→ Adopt Advanced Technologies such as the use of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) for water resource management helps
in accurate planning and distribution.
→ Projects supported by international organisations like the World Bank and the Asian Development Bank help in incorporating
best practices in development.
Urban Infrastructure Development Schemes of India

Schemes Objectives
Jawaharlal Nehru National Concentrated efforts on the integrated development of essential services for the urban poor, including
Urban Renewal Mission affordable housing and improvements in water supply and sanitation.
(JNNURM) (2005- 2014)
Atal Mission for Rejuvenation Enhancing sewerage and septic management and to make all Indian cities water secure.
and Urban Transformation Providing 100% coverage of water supply to all households in around 4,700 urban local bodies by providing
(AMRUT) 2015 about 2.68 crore tap connections.
100% coverage of sewerage and septage in 500 AMRUT cities by providing around 2.64 crore sewer or
septage connections.
AMRUT 2.0 Providing basic civic amenities such as water supply, sewerage, urban transport, parks—improving quality
of life especially for the poor and disadvantaged.
Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Provision of affordable housing for all in urban areas.
Urban (PMAY-U) In-Situ Slum Redevelopment (ISSR): Focuses on slum rehabilitation using land as a resource.
Swachh Bharat Mission – Focuses on cleanliness, sanitation and the elimination of open defecation in urban areas.
Urban (SBM-U) Key Components include construction of toilets, solid waste management, behavioural change initiatives
for cleanliness.
100 Day Agenda Under the 100-day agenda, cities also aim to establish sewage treatment plants (STPs) with a total capacity
of 500 million litres daily (MLD).
Sources: The Indian Express- Capital Submerged: Mother -Son Drowned in Drainage, ResearchGate- Basic Amenities, Deficiency-induced Ailments,
and Catastrophic Health Spending in the Slums of Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, PIB- Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme
INDIAN SOCIETY
Violence Against Women
Context
The brutal murder and rape of a resident doctor at RG Kar Medical College and Hospital in Kolkata sparked widespread trauma,
anger and mourning bringing into light the issue of Gender violence.
Some Key Initiatives to tackle Gender Violence

→ Criminal Law (Amendment) Act:
� 2013: This act introduced stricter penalties for sexual offenses including the death penalty for the rape of a minor. It also expanded the
definition of rape and introduced provisions for fast-track courts to expedite trials.
� 2018: Even more stringent penal provisions including death penalty for rape of a girl below the age of 12 years.
→ Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012: This act provides a legal framework to protect children from sexual abuse
and exploitation with stringent penalties for offenders.
Some Key Initiatives to tackle Gender Violence

→ Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013: This act establishes a legal framework to
prevent and address sexual harassment in workplaces requiring employers to set up internal complaints committees.
→ Nirbhaya Fund: The government established the Nirbhaya Fund with an initial corpus of ₹1,000 crore to provide financial assistance for
projects aimed at enhancing women’s safety and security.
→ Fast-track courts: Special courts have been set up to expedite trials in cases of sexual assault and other heinous crimes against women.
Women’s Life Cycle and Related Violence

Phase of life Violence associated
Prenatal Female Foeticide: Amartya Sen highlights the issue of missing women in India through the lens of female foeticide.
Infancy Gender discrimination in form of neglect in terms of care and nutrition
Childhood Child marriage, child sexual abuse, forced drop out from educational institutions, child pornography
Adulthood Patriarchy and associated psychological violence, sexual harassment at work place, rape, dowry related violence, courtship
violence, trafficking and prostitution
Old age physical violence and feminisation of elderly population and widowhood related inequality, lack of entitlement of property
they are in state of poverty and distress
The Ongoing Crisis of Violence Against Women in India

→ Dowry Deaths: In 2022 India saw 6,516 dowry deaths averaging one every 90 minutes. Of the 3,449 cases disposed of, 64%
were resolved without trial, and only 35% of those tried led to convictions. The low conviction rate is partly due to “blood
money” agreements (accused pays off the victim’s family) which undermine justice.
→ Domestic Violence: Among 85,259 pending cases only 7.7% were resolved with 87% settled without trial. Laws prescribe up
to 3 years of imprisonment, but the “bail not jail” principle (for offences with less than 7 years of imprisonment) often leads to
immediate release of offenders discouraging victims from pursuing legal action.
→ Laxity in Handling Other Crimes: Stalking and Harassment: Lenient bail conditions for stalking and harassment fail to deter
offenders who often exploit the system’s weaknesses resulting in minimal consequences for their actions.
Case Example: Kolkata Incident

In a Kolkata case the accused with a history of assaulting his wife—even during her pregnancy—faced no substantial legal action
despite multiple complaints highlighting the system’s failure to address violence against women effectively.
Facts
NCRB Report 2023
→ Increase in Crimes Against Women: The NCRB Report 2023 highlights a 4% increase in crimes against women in India, with reported cases
rising from 4,28,278 in 2021 to 4,45,256 in 2022.
� The crime rate per lakh women population also increased, moving from 64.5 in 2021 to 66.4 in 2022.
→ Most prevalent crimes against women as follows:
→ Cruelty by Husband or His Relatives: This category accounts for 31.4% of the reported crimes.
→ Kidnapping and Abduction of Women: These cases constitute 19.2% of the total reported crimes.
→ Assault on Women with Intent to Outrage her Modesty: This type of crime makes up 18.7% of the incidents.
→ Rape: Reported rape cases account for 7.1% of the crimes against women.
Women, Peace, and Security Index 2023
India ranks 128th out of 177 countries.
National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5)
Around 30% of women in India between 15-49 years of age have experienced physical, sexual or domestic violence.
Urban spaces & women’s safety

Challenges in Urban Mobility and Infrastructure
→ Neglected Safety Needs: Urban development often overlooks safe streets, sidewalks and public transit specifically for women.
→ Insufficient Amenities: Cities frequently lack essential facilities for women like toilets and feeding rooms.
→ Care Burden: The absence of care infrastructure forces women to manage childcare and eldercare limiting their participation in city life.
→ Housing Issues: Affordable and safe housing remains scarce for independent women despite initiatives like Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana-
Urban.
→ Low Labor Participation: Women’s labor force participation in urban areas is low at 25.2%, hindered by inadequate supportive infrastructure.
→ Inadequate Sanitation: Progress in sanitation efforts such as the Swachh Bharat Mission still falls short in addressing women’s water and
sanitation needs.
Policy Recommendations for Gender-Inclusive Urban Planning
→ Inclusive Planning: Revise urban planning laws to ensure cities are safe, efficient, and inclusive for women.
→ Broader Frameworks: Expand policies beyond women’s welfare to encompass overall urban inclusion.
→ Support for Women Workers: Formalize informal women-dominated work, create local job opportunities, and invest in care infrastructure.
→ Increased Representation: Ensure women’s participation in policy-making for effective urban reimagining.
→ Gender Budgeting: Promote gender budgeting to allocate resources for women-centric urban development.
→ New National Scheme: Implement a national scheme and gender inclusion frameworks for actionable gender mainstreaming at the city
level.
Supreme Court Rulings on addressing Gender Violence

→ CEHAT vs. Union of India (2003): The Supreme Court issued directions to enforce the Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act 1994, condemning
female foeticide as a severe form of violence against women.
→ Laxmi vs. Union of India (2014): Addressed acid attacks on women leading to regulations on acid sales and improved support for survivors.
→ Independent Thought vs. Union of India (2017): Criminalized marital rape for girls under 18 closing a major gap in child protection laws.
→ Joseph Shine vs. Union of India (2018): Decriminalized adultery overturning a colonial law used to control women’s sexuality.
Factors Associated with Violence Against Women in India

→ Patriarchal Structures: Violence stems from unequal power relations rooted in societal patriarchy. For example Khap Panchayats
often enforce strict gender norms and practices
→ Cultural Beliefs and Practices: Deep-rooted beliefs and practices like child marriage and dowry reinforce women’s inferiority
and contribute to violence.
→ Caste and Gender Intersectionality: The regulation of female sexuality and commodification in caste societies devalue women
and restrict their rights.
→ Economic Inequality: Socioeconomic disparities limit women’s access to resources making them more vulnerable to violence
and exploitation.
→ Socio-Political Factors: Low female representation and ineffective decision-making in politics reinforce patriarchal structures.
For Example 18th Lok Sabha has 13.6% women MPs
→ Weak Legal and Judicial Mechanisms: Inadequate enforcement and access to justice fail to protect victims and empower
perpetrators.
Consequences of Violence Against Women

→ Health Consequences: Violence affects physical and mental health, leading to injuries, depression, PTSD, sexual dysfunction
and complicates access to healthcare.
→ Psychological and Behavioral Consequences of Violence Against Women
Psychological Fatigue: Women must constantly be vigilant about their safety, leading to mental strain and discomfort.
Everyday activities are overshadowed by the fear of violence.
Safety concerns limit women’s exploration and opportunities affecting their careers and personal lives.
→ Economic Costs: Violence reduces productivity and workforce participation impacting women’s financial independence.
10
→ Violation of Constitutional Rights: Violence against women breaches fundamental rights under Articles 14 (equality), 19
(freedom of speech), 21 (life and liberty) and 32 (constitutional remedies) of the Indian Constitution.
Way Forward:
→ Gender Sensitization and Cultural Shift: Comprehensive gender sensitization programs should be introduced in schools,
colleges and workplaces with values embedded in educational curricula to address the root causes of gender-based violence
and discrimination and to promote respect for equality.
→ Legislative and Policy Framework for Gender Equality: Enact and enforce laws to promote gender equality and address
violence against women. National plans such as the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action offer a progressive framework
for advancing women’s rights and achieving equality, development, and peace.
→ Bill of Rights for Women: Establish a dedicated Bill of Rights as recommended by Justice Verma Committee to ensure women’s
dignity, security and complete sexual autonomy in their relationships.
→ Tech-Enhanced Strategies- Utilize technology to improve reporting and tracking of crimes against women by incorporating
user-friendly mobile apps for crime reporting and AI-powered systems for data analysis.
→ Strengthened Survivor Assistance Programs- Enhance support systems for violence survivors with counseling, rehabilitation
and economic aid to assist in their recovery and rebuilding efforts.
→ Enhanced Police Training and Specialized Units
Upgrade police training to handle gender-based violence more effectively including better evidence collection and victim support.
For instance specialized units like Telangana’s SHE Teams can improve women’s safety and security.
Justice JS Verma Committee Recommendations

Punishment for Rape: Rigorous imprisonment (RI) from seven years to life for rape with a minimum of 20 years for cases causing death or a
“persistent vegetative state.”
Police Reforms: Place officers of high ability and character in senior positions.
Political Reforms: restricting politicians facing sexual offence charges from contesting elections
Conclusion
International agreements like the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women uphold women’s
right to live free from violence. Addressing violence in India requires urgent investment in mental health care and a united
effort to tackle societal issues. The NCRB’s statistics highlight the need for strengthened law enforcement, improved gender
sensitization and better support for survivors. A comprehensive & compassionate approach is essential for achieving gender
equality and social justice.
Sources: Indian Express- Despite the Law, The Hindu- Reclaiming streets is not enough
Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
Context
The recent Hema Committee report on the Malayalam film industry and rape & murder of a female doctor in Kolkata has brought
attention to the harsh working conditions and sexual harassment faced by women at workplace.
Major Findings of Justice Hema Committee

→ Widespread Harassment including sexual advances and gender-based discrimination in the industry. Women experience sexual
harassment, abuse and assault both on set and during transportation with those resisting often facing further mistreatment
→ Casting Couch: Women are often coerced into exchanging sexual favors for job opportunities resulting in significant emotional
trauma. Directors and producers pressure female actors who are labeled “cooperating artists” if they comply.
→ Safety and Facility Concerns: Inadequate facilities and safety issues particularly in outdoor settings result in poor health and
unsafe conditions for women.
→ Gender Discrimination and Pay Disparity: The industry exhibits significant gender bias with men receiving higher pay and
better conditions while junior female artists endure harsh working environments and low wages.
→ Legal and Contractual Challenges: Insufficient legal knowledge and ineffective Internal Complaints Committees (ICCs) obstruct
grievance resolution with issues like unfulfilled contracts and unpaid wages.
→ Systemic Gender Inequality: The Report reveals entrenched gender bias with men occupying key positions and women
frequently marginalized.
Facts on Sexual Harassment of women at workplace

→ A 2018 Martha Farrell Foundation study found that 80% of Indian women have faced workplace harassment with 38% experiencing it in
the past year.
→ A 2020 survey found that 75% of professional women reported experiencing workplace sexual harassment during their careers.
→ Ashoka University reports that POSH Act complaints surged from 161 in 2013-14 to 1,160 in 2022-23 (62% increase).
Existing Initiatives to Address Workplace Sexual Harassment in India

The Vishaka Guidelines (1997) set by the Supreme Court were replaced by the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act (POSH Act) in 2013.
Vishaka and others v State of Rajasthan case 1997

The SC established Vishaka Guidelines to address workplace sexual harassment and were based on Convention on the Elimination of All Forms
of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW). They were to remain in effect until appropriate legislation was enacted.
→ Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act, 2013 (POSH Act)

Ensures a safe working environment by preventing and addressing sexual harassment.
Coverage: The Act covers, both the public and private sector, organized and unorganized sector irrespective of her age or
employment status.
Employer: The Act broadly defines “employer” and “workplace” to include both traditional offices and modern gig
environments.
Broadly defines sexual harassment including unwelcome advances, requests for sexual favors and other sexual conduct.
Internal Complaints Committee (ICC): Requires organizations with 10 or more employees to establish an ICC to handle
harassment complaints.
Local Complaints Committee (LCC): For smaller organizations or where ICCs are unavailable LCCs can be formed at the
district level.
Complaint Procedure: Provides a framework for filing and investigating complaints ensuring confidentiality and fairness.
Penalties: Imposes fines and imprisonment for non-compliance with fines up to ₹50,000 for not having an ICC.
→ Dealing with Extortion of Sexual Favours
Section 75 of Bhartiya Nyay Samhita (BNS): Criminalizes demand or request for sexual favours
BNS also criminalizes sexual harassment involving false promises of marriage or employment treating such offenses as
severe as rape.
→ Mandatory Disclosure of Sexual Harassment Cases by Listed Companies: In 2018 the Securities and Exchange Board of India
required all listed companies to include data on sexual harassment cases in their annual reports.
Sexual harassment in the workplace is caused by complex factors:

→ Power Imbalance: When men hold more authority, it can raise the risk of sexual harassment, as they often make decisions
affecting women’s careers.
→ Gender-Based Prejudices: Cultural attitudes and gender stereotypes in the workplace can increase sexual harassment. When
women are viewed as objects rather than valued colleagues, they become more vulnerable to harassment.
→ Limited Awareness and Education about sexual harassment can contribute to its prevalence. Many individuals are unaware of
what constitutes harassment or how to report it leading to a culture of silence.
→ Work environment & Organizational culture: A workplace culture that condones or tolerates inappropriate behavior can
foster an environment where sexual harassment is more likely to occur.
12
→ Societal and Behavioral Norms: Certain social norms regarding masculinity and femininity can contribute to sexual harassment.
For example some men might feel entitled to make sexual advances, while some women might believe they are expected to
tolerate such behaviour as part of their role.
→ Workplace Accessibility Issues: Physical accessibility issues in workplaces can contribute to sexual harassment. For example
poorly lit areas, inadequate security and isolated spaces can increase women’s vulnerability to harassment.
Impact of Sexual Harassment at workplace

→ Impact on the Victim: Sexual harassment can significantly harm the victim’s physical and mental health, job satisfaction and
well-being. It may cause anxiety, depression and stress leading to decreased productivity, higher absenteeism and increased
employee turnover.
Example: A 2019 McKinsey report reveals that 35% of women in India have considered leaving or taking
a break from their careers due to harassment.
→ Legal Implications: Sexual harassment can lead to legal consequences for both the respondent (accused) and the organization
with the affected individual potentially seeking damages from both.
Additionally, the organization might experience harm to its reputation and incur financial penalties.
→ Reduced Productivity of the Organization- Sexual harassment in the workplace can severely impact organizational productivity
by creating a negative culture reducing motivation, increasing absenteeism and lowering teamwork. This can lead to decreased
business performance, lower sales and difficulties in attracting and retaining skilled employees.
→ Societal Impact: Harassment erodes social norms by normalizing violence and unsafe conditions for women compromising
their dignity and empowerment.
Way Forward
For Organized and Other Sectors

→ Enforce Legal Compliance: Ensure POSH Act adherence by establishing effective ICCs. For example Accenture has established
robust ICCs for both male and female members.
→ Strengthen Internal Policy: Distribute clear sexual harassment policies outlining prohibited behaviours, reporting procedures
and potential consequences. For example IBM India provides anonymous reporting.
→ Ensure Impartial Investigations: Complaints must be investigated impartially and confidentially with ICCs trained to handle
them sensitively and resolve issues promptly.
→ Promote Inclusivity: Promote a culture of respect and inclusivity by encouraging open discussions on sexual harassment and
supporting gender equality.
→ Offer Victim Support: Provide counseling and psychological assistance to employees experiencing harassment.
→ Conduct Regular Audits: Regularly review workplace policies and training effectiveness, using feedback for improvements and
monitor complaints to identify and address ongoing issues.
→ Provide Self-Defense Training: Implement self-defense training for women and include it in school curricula to empower girls.
Implement Justice Verma Committee’s recommendations
Justice Verma Committee’s Recommendations on Workplace Sexual Harassment

→ Replace Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) with an employment tribunal.
→ Allow the tribunal to set its own procedures for faster resolution.
→ Include domestic workers under the Act.
→ Remove penalties for false complaints to maintain the law’s effectiveness.
→ Remove the three-month filing deadline to give victims more time to report harassment.
Implement Justice Hema Committee’s recommendations:
Hema Committee Report Recommendations

→ Grievance Redressal: Establish a dedicated Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) under the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
Act, 2013 to address sexual harassment and other issues.
→ Independent Tribunal: Propose an independent tribunal for handling harassment and discrimination cases with in-camera proceedings to
ensure privacy.
→ Law Enforcement: Enforce existing sexual harassment and gender equality laws strictly.
→ Women’s Representation: Increase women’s representation in decision-making roles and provide single-window loans for women-
produced films.
→ Support Systems: Create support systems including counseling services for women who have experienced harassment or discrimination.
→ Written Contracts: Require mandatory written contracts for all cinema industry employees to protect their interests.
→ Gender Awareness Training: Implement mandatory gender awareness training for all cast and crew, with materials available in Malayalam
and English.
→ Incentives for Gender-Just Movies: Offer budgetary incentives and low-interest loans for films focused on gender justice and produced by
women with streamlined production permissions through a single-window system.
→ Prohibition of Alcohol and Drugs on film sets.
→ Tackling Online Harassment: Address cyber threats and harassment against women on digital platforms.
2023 Supreme Court Directives for effective Implementation of POSH

→ District Officer Appointment: The SC mandates states and union territories to appoint a ‘District Officer’ under section 5 of
the Act.
→ Time-Bound Assessment: The Union, State Governments and Union Territories must verify that all relevant entities have
established Local Committees (LCs) and Internal Committees (ICs) within a set timeframe.
→ Capacity Building: Authorities and employers should regularly conduct orientation programs, workshops and awareness
campaigns to enhance the skills of LC and IC members.
PYQ
What are the continued challenges for women in India against time and space? (2019)
Sources: The Hindu- Reality of reel life, exploitation as a structural problem, The Hindu- Justice Hema Committee report: The complete coverage,
Indian Express- Much more needed to make workplaces safer for women
Refugee Rights: Vulnerability of Women
Context
Displaced women (particularly refugees) are among the most vulnerable due to ongoing armed conflict in the world.
More in News
→ According to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR), by the end of 2023, 117.3 million people worldwide
were forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, or events seriously disturbing public
order.
→ Among them, 37.6 million were refugees.
→ Current conflicts like the Israel-Hamas war, the ongoing Ukraine-Russia war, and new threats to Rohingyas in Myanmar are
expected to increase these numbers significantly.
Challenges Faced by Refugee Women Globally and in India

→ Gendered Impact of Displacement: Refugee women often bear the role of caregiving for children, the elderly and the sick
increasing their physical and emotional stress. They are usually the last to flee exposing them to higher risks of violence and
exploitation during displacement
14
→ Psychosocial Effects on Women

Risk of Gender-Based Violence (GBV): In conflict zones and refugee camps refugee women are more vulnerable to sexual
violence, harassment and exploitation including transactional sex.
Mental Health Struggles: Displaced women are at an elevated risk for mental health issues such as PTSD, anxiety and
depression, stemming from traumatic experiences, loss of family and difficult living conditions in camps.
Studies such as one in Darfur (Sudan) reveal that 72% of displaced women suffer from PTSD and distress.
→ Restricted Access to Healthcare: Refugee women often face barriers to adequate healthcare especially mental health services
due to legal, social and financial obstacles compounded by language issues and stigma.
→ Legal and Social Exclusion: In host countries refugee women frequently encounter discrimination and lack of access to legal
protections, social services and economic opportunities worsening their vulnerabilities.
International Support for Refugee Women

→ UNHCR’s Role: The UN High Commissioner for Refugees works to protect and support refugees including women providing shelter, legal
aid and advocacy to protect and support refugee women.
→ Global Compact on Refugees (GCR): Established in 2018 the GCR aims to boost international cooperation to protect refugees and ensure
their access to essential services with a focus on women and children.
→ UN Women: promotes gender-sensitive refugee policies and supports refugee women through programs addressing gender-based
violence, economic empowerment and leadership.
Global Legal Frameworks Addressing Refugee Women
→ 1951 Refugee Convention and 1967 Protocol: These core documents establish the basis for refugee protection but do not specifically
address the unique needs of female refugees.
→ UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD): Affirms the rights of individuals with disabilities, including refugee
women with psychosocial disabilities, ensuring they receive equal treatment.
→ Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW): Provides protection against gender-based
discrimination, extending its safeguards to include refugee women.
National Regulations on Refugee Women’s Rights
→ Absence of Domestic Legislation: Though India has hosted over 200,000 refugees since independence, it lacks specific domestic legislation
for refugee rights.
As of January 31, 2022 UNHCR India registered 46,000 refugees and asylum-seekers with women and girls making up 46% of this group.
Supreme Court of India’s Stance: The Court has affirmed refugees’ right to life under Article 21 which includes the right to health.
Filling up the Structural Gap: the way Forward

→ Need for a Codified Framework: Since India is not a signatory to the 1951 Refugee Convention and 1967 Protocol & lacks specific
domestic refugee legislation, a unified framework is needed to address refugee needs and meet international commitments.
→ Integrate refugee women into national systems by providing access to health services, social security and legal protections
including those under the Rights of Persons With Disabilities Act and other relevant laws.
→ Enhance international cooperation by joining global initiatives such as the Global Compact on Refugees to share best practices
and secure resources for refugee protection.
→ Enhance economic and social empowerment of refugee women through education, skills training and livelihood opportunities
to help them rebuild their lives and contribute to host communities.
→ Foster community awareness and Engagement to minimise stigma around refugees and psychosocial disabilities, ensuring
support and inclusion for refugee women in host societies.
Conclusion
To tackle the complex issues faced by refugee women a comprehensive approach is needed blending legal protections, social
services and global cooperation. Implementing gender-sensitive policies, improving health services and fostering economic and
social empowerment will uphold their rights and dignity in accordance with international standards.
Source: The Hindu (10 August): Refugee Rights, the gendered Nature of Displacement
General Studies - Paper-II

POLITY AND GOVERNANCE
Uniform Civil Code
Context
On Independence Day, the Prime Minister reiterated his strong push for implementing a Secular Civil Code (SCC) rekindling a
debate that has persisted for decades.
Background
The debate over the Uniform Civil Code (UCC) began with the Indian Constitution’s drafting. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar supported a
secular UCC for equal treatment of all citizens akin to the uniform application of criminal and property laws.
“In a diverse and pluralistic society like ours, a Uniform Civil Code is essential to foster national integration and strengthen the secular fabric of
our country.” – Dr. B.R. Ambedkar
→ Article 44 (Part IV) directs the state to strive for the implementation of a Uniform Civil Code for all citizens across India.
→ Article 37 of the Indian Constitution declares that the principles in Part IV are fundamental to governance but are not enforceable by
courts.
→ Uniform Civil Code was introduced in Goa by the Portuguese in 1867.
→ Uttarakhand Cabinet became the first state to adopt a UCC post-independence.
Arguments in Favour of Implementing the UCC

→ Promotion of National Integration: Advocates believe the UCC would promote national integration by replacing diverse
religious laws with a single secular personal law fostering unity and national spirit.
→ Harmonisation with Constitutional Rights: UCC would provide a uniform legal framework aligned with constitutional principles,
such as the freedom of religion and right to non-discrimination.
→ Women’s Rights and Gender Equality: A UCC can address inequalities by providing equal rights and protections to women
across all religious communities.
→ Modernization and Reform: A UCC can facilitate the modernization and reform of archaic laws, they reflect the evolving needs
and aspirations of society.
→ Adoption and Guardianship: A UCC can establish a common framework for adoption and guardianship, ensuring that the best
interests of the child are given priority over religious or cultural considerations.
Related Case Laws

→ Mohd. Ahmed Khan vs Shah Bano Begum case (1985): The Supreme Court while addressing a divorced Muslim woman’s maintenance
claim advocated for implementing the UCC harmonising the erstwhile CrPC and Muslim personal law.
→ Sarla Mudgal v. Union of India (1995): The SC ruled that a marriage without the dissolution of a previous marriage is void while also
emphasising the need for a UCC to address disparities in personal laws and national integration.
→ Shayara Bano v. Union Of India (2017): The SC declared instant triple talaq unconstitutional, highlighting the need for uniformity and
gender equality in personal laws though not directly related to the UCC.
Arguments against
→ Legal Complexity: Drafting and implementing a comprehensive UCC that covers various personal matters such as marriage,
divorce, inheritance, and adoption is a complex task.
→ Religious freedom: Under Article 25 and 26 the Constitution ensures the right to choose the religion of one’s choice as there
is no official religion for the state, implementing UCC may point towards curtailing religious freedom of citizens.
16
→ Tribal concerns: To protect the ethnic diversity within the country, Article 371A and 371G were mentioned in the Constitution
for instilling special provisions for the Northeast states. With the implementation of UCC, the tribal communities hold
apprehensions over the erosion of their religious multiplicity, marginalisation and lack of representation.
→ Cultural Diversity: India’s rich tapestry of religions, cultures and traditions leads opponents of the UCC to argue that a uniform
code could diminish this cultural diversity.
→ Codify Personal Laws: The Law Commission’s 2018 consultation paper suggested codifying personal laws rather than
implementing a UCC.
Way forward
→ Respect for Religious Freedom: Ensure that any reforms or implementation of a UCC do not infringe upon the individual’s right
to practise and follow their religious beliefs.
→ Legal pluralism: Work towards a UCC while respecting personal laws for religious rituals, customs, and traditions that don’t
violate constitutional rights.
→ Stakeholder approach: Engaging in a national conversation and seeking the opinions of various religious and social groups is
crucial. Public consultations and open forums can help in understanding and addressing concerns.
Eg: The 22nd Law Commission sought stakeholder input on the UCC through a public notification.
→ Pilot programs: The UCC can be implemented in phases starting with marriage and adoption laws and expanding to other
areas.
Eg: Goa’s Civil Code
Conclusion
Striking a balance between a UCC and personal laws requires sensitivity and inclusivity. It is essential to navigate this path while
respecting religious freedom, cultural diversity, and social cohesion, with the ultimate goal of ensuring equality, justice, and
individual rights for all citizens.
PYQ
Discuss the possible factors that inhibit India from enacting for its citizens a uniform civil code as provided for in the Directive Principles of
State Policy. (2015)
Source: The Hindu- PM calls for ‘secular civil code’ in independence day speech the hindu
Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024
Context
The Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024 introduced in the Lok Sabha on August 8, 2024 amends the Waqf Act, 1995, which regulates
waqf property in India. The Bill renames the Act to the ‘United Waqf Management, Empowerment, Efficiency and Development
Act, 1995’.
About Waqf Properties

→ Waqf properties are movable or immovable assets dedicated to charitable purposes in the name of God through a formal deed
or instrument. These properties are managed by Waqf Boards which are legal entities with appointed members.
→ The Central Waqf Council (CWC) a statutory body established in 1964 supervises and provides guidance to state-level Waqf
Boards throughout India.
Waqf Boards
→ They are State government bodies that manage Waqf properties. Most states have separate boards for Shia and Sunni
communities. Prominent mosques are typically Waqf properties under these boards.
→ Powers and Functions:
Manage Waqf properties and recover lost assets
Approve transfers of immovable Waqf property, requiring a two-thirds majority for transactions.
Central Waqf Council (CWC)

→ Established in 1964 to oversee and advise state Waqf Boards across India.
→ Functions of CWC:
Guide central and state governments and Waqf Boards on property management.
Require Waqf Boards to submit performance and financial reports.
Significant modifications proposed in the Waqf Amendment (Bill) 2024

Proposed Changes Waqf Act 1995 Waqf Amendment (Bill) 2024
Name change Originally the legislation was named Waqf Act, 1995 The Bill renames it to ‘United Waqf Management,
Empowerment, Efficiency and Development Act, 1995’
Formation of Waqf The Act allows waqf to be formed by: (i) declaration, Only a person practising Islam for at least five years and
(ii) recognition based on long-term use (waqf by user), or owning the property can declare a waqf.It removes waqf
(iii) endowment when the line of succession ends (waqf- by user
alal-aulad).
Power to determine The Act empowers the Waqf Board to inquire and The District Collector will determine if a property is Waqf
if a property is waqf determine if a property is waqf. or government land, with the decision being final.
Survey of waqf The Act provides for appointment of a Survey Commissioner The Bill empowers Collectors to do the survey. Pending
and additional commissioners to survey waqf. surveys will be conducted as per the state revenue laws.
Central Waqf The Act establishes the Central Waqf Council chaired by The Bill proposes two non-Muslim members and allows
Council the Union Minister in charge of Waqf. MPs, former judges and eminent persons to be non-
Muslims.However certain representatives are to be
mandatorily Muslim.
Waqf Boards No women and no non-Muslim members were allowed. Mandates the appointment of a non-Muslim CEO and
at least two non-Muslim members to the state Waqf
Boards.
Audit of Waqfs No Provision of Auditing The central government can order audits of Waqf
properties by auditors appointed by the CAG or
designated officers.
Appeal Mechanism The Waqf Tribunal’s decision was considered final. Disputes with Waqf board decisions can now be appealed
to high courts.
Registration of No provision for mandatory registration. Mandatory registration of Waqf properties with the
Waqf Properties District Collector’s Office for evaluation
Need for Amendments

→ Tackle Mismanagement: The proposed amendments aim to improve transparency in the financial and administrative
operations of Waqf Boards, addressing concerns about mismanagement and corruption.
→ Minimising Property Disputes: The government argues that the amendments will reduce extensive waqf property disputes by
clarifying definitions and mandating verification of property claims.
→ Streamlining Legal Disputes: The Waqf Act’s ban on civil court appeals from Waqf Tribunal decisions raised concerns of bias.
Amendments aim to address these issues and align jurisdiction with principles of natural justice.
→ Women’s Representation: The proposed amendments which include women on the Waqf Boards represent a step toward
empowering women.
Issues associated with the Waqf (Amendment) Bill 2024

→ Violation of religious rights: Critics contend that the bill undermines religious freedom and interferes with the Muslim
community’s autonomy in managing their religious affairs.
Eg: Article 16(5), Article 25 and 26 of the Constitution could come in clash with the provisions of the Bill.
→ Government oversight: The amendments increase government control over Waqf properties and involve district collectors in
disputes raising concerns about bureaucratic delays and judicial-executive overreach.
18
→ Double whammy: Shifting the waqf tribunal’s role to district collectors may increase disputes over Waqf properties, complicating
resolution and exposing them to further legal challenges.
→ Insufficient Community Input: The bill faces criticism for not consulting the Muslim community and stakeholders adequately,
with groups like the All India Muslim Personal Law Board expressing concerns about their lack of involvement.
Way Forward
→ Thorough Review by the Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC): The government should address concerns regarding the
contentious provisions in the Waqf Amendment Bill.
→ Expanded Consultation: The government should seek input from a wide range of stakeholders, including Muslim community
leaders, legal experts, and civil society organisations.
→ Awareness Campaigns: Launching public awareness campaigns on the Waqf system and proposed changes can clarify
misconceptions and inform the community about their rights and duties under the new framework.
→ Strengthen Waqf Governance: Enhance oversight of waqf boards by balancing state involvement with respect for religious
autonomy safeguarding inheritance rights and preventing government overreach.
Conclusion
The Waqf (Amendment) Bill 2024 involves complex constitutional issues and the balance between government oversight and
religious autonomy. Its modifications, interpretations and legal rulings will significantly impact the management of religious
properties and the rights of religious communities in India.
Sources: PRSINDIA- The Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024, Indian Express- Proposed amendment to Waqf Act policies charity, hinders autonomy
Supreme Court Ruling on Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribe Sub Classification

Context
The Supreme Court ruled in favour of sub-classifying SCs and STs allowing states to create sub-categories for broader protections
in public employment and education. This decision overturns the 2004 E.V. Chinnaiah vs. Andhra Pradesh ruling that had banned
such classifications.
Background
Article 341 allows the President to designate certain castes, races or tribes as SCs acknowledging their historical suffering from
untouchability. SC groups are collectively granted 15% reservation in education and public employment.
→ Punjab Government, 1975: Punjab divided its 25% SC reservation into two categories:
Eg: Balmiki and Mazhbi Sikh Communities: Given first preference for reservations in education and public employment due
to being the most economically and educationally backward.
→ Justice Ramachandran Commission, 1996: Andhra Pradesh formed this commission to propose sub-categorization of SCs
based on varying levels of backwardness and representation.
→ Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Castes (Rationalisation of Reservations) Act, 2000: Introduced an extensive list of SC communities
and their respective reservation quotas in Andhra Pradesh.
→ E.V. Chinnaiah v. State of Andhra Pradesh, 2004: The Supreme Court invalidated the 2000 Act ruling that sub-classification
violated the right to equality by treating communities within the SC category differently.
→ Punjab Scheduled Caste and Backward Classes (Reservation in Services) Act, 2006: Punjab attempted to reinstate sub-
classification with this new act.
→ Davinder Singh v. State of Punjab, 2014: The Supreme Court referred the appeal to a five-judge bench to reassess the E.V.
Chinnaiah ruling and its alignment with constitutional provisions.
Case Laws
→ E.V. Chinnaiah v. State of Andhra Pradesh, 2004: The Supreme Court ruled that SCs are a homogenous group and sub-classification within
this group is unconstitutional. The decision was based on interpretation of Articles 341 and 14
→ Dr. Kishan Pal vs. State of Punjab- The Punjab & Haryana High Court invalidated the 1975 Punjab Government notification, aligning with
the E.V. Chinnaiah decision.
→ Jarnail Singh v. Lachhmi Narain Gupta, 2018: The Supreme Court upheld the ‘creamy layer’ concept within SCs applying an income ceiling
for eligibility in reservations (for promotion), a concept previously applied to OBCs.
Supreme Court Verdict on Sub-Categorisation:

→ Sub-Classification Permitted: The Court has authorised states to create sub-classifications within SCs and STs to better target
support for the most disadvantaged. This enables separate quotas within the existing 15% SC reservation to address varying
levels of backwardness.
→ Empirical Basis for Sub-Classification: The ruling mandates that sub-classification must rely on empirical data and historical
evidence of systemic discrimination not on arbitrary or political motives.
→ Extension of Creamy Layer Principle: The Court has extended the ‘creamy layer’ principle used for Other Backward Classes
(Indra Sawhney Judgment) to SCs and STs requiring states to exclude wealthier individuals within SCs/STs from reservation
benefits to target support to the truly disadvantaged.
→ Judicial Review of Sub-Classification: The SC has stated that state decisions on sub-classification are subject to judicial review
to prevent potential misuse for political purposes.
→ Restricted Reservation Benefits- The Court ruled that reservation benefits should be restricted to the first generation. Families
with members who have already benefited from reservation and achieved higher social status may not qualify for future
reservations.
Current Practices of Sub-Categorisation:

→ Tamil Nadu: In 2009 Tamil Nadu established a special reservation for Arunthathiyars within the 18% SC quota for employment and
education.
→ Bihar: In 2007 Bihar created a ‘Mahadalit’ category excluding the castes- Chamar, Dhobi, Paswan and Dushad from the 22 SCs. By 2015,
all castes were reclassified as Mahadalits except Paswans with welfare schemes prioritised for Mahadalits without altering constitutional
reservations.
→ Haryana: In 2020 Haryana enacted legislation to split SC reservations creating a new group called “Deprived Scheduled Castes” which
included 36 SCs but excluded Chamar and Ravidasia communities.
20
Issues with Caste Sub-Categorization

→ Identifying criteria: Considering factors like socio-economic status, education and region is complex and reaching consensus
on these criteria is challenging.
Eg: Supreme Court rulings highlight that SCs are considered a class not castes and their protection focuses on addressing
untouchability.
→ Collecting quantifiable data: Collecting reliable socio-economic data on sub-castes through detailed surveys and studies is
both resource-intensive and time-consuming.
→ Social tensions:Sub-categorization may cause internal divisions and disputes among SC communities with some groups feeling
marginalised and leading to social tensions.
→ Risk of Fragmentation: Sub-categorization could fragment the SC community weakening their political and social identity
diminishing their collective strength in advocating for their rights.
→ Administrative Challenge- Establishing, managing and updating sub-categories would impose a considerable administrative
load on government agencies.
Way Forward
→ Considering Alternatives for Sub-Categorisation: The NCSC and NCST believe Article 16(4) allows states to create special laws
for under-represented backward classes.
→ Data Gathering and Assessment: Legal experts say the Constitution allows Parliament to sub-categorize SCs and STs.
Eg: Justice Usha Mehra Committee in 2008 recommended amending Article 341 to enable state legislatures to reclassify
Scheduled Castes with Presidential approval.
→ Formulate Development Metrics: Create clear and inclusive sub-categorization criteria considering socio-economic status,
education, regional disparities and other relevant criteria.
Eg: Methodology adopted by Justice Ramachandra Raju Commission in Andhra Pradesh in 1996 for sub categorization.
→ Grievance redressal: States need to implement effective monitoring and grievance redressal systems to prevent leakage and
ensure that the most disadvantaged sub-groups receive adequate support.
Conclusion
The court’s decision enables more nuanced affirmative action by recognizing diversity within SCs and STs paving the way for fairer
and more effective support. It allows states to address specific challenges of sub-groups and prompts discussion on using the
‘creamy layer’ model from OBCs to target benefits more precisely.
PYQs
Whether the National Commission for Scheduled Castes (NCSC) can enforce the implementation of constitutional reservation for the Scheduled
Castes in the religious minority institutions? Examine. (2018)
Sources: The Hindu- States have right to sub-classify SCs for quotas: Supreme Court, The Hindu- Why has the Supreme Court upheld States’ right
to sub-categorise SCs for quota benefits? | Explained, Indian Express- Explained: Supreme Court’s verdict on sub-classification of SCs and STs
Do we need a Central law for protection of healthcare professionals?
What’s the context?

The rape and murder of a trainee doctor in Kolkata has intensified calls from medical professionals across India for a Central law
to protect healthcare workers. A Bill for such a law was drafted in 2019 but was never enacted.
Background
The Healthcare Service Personnel and Clinical Establishments (Prohibition of violence and damage to property) Bill, 2019 also
referred to as the “Central Protection Act for Doctors” was introduced in the Lok Sabha to tackle rising violence against healthcare
workers. 25 States have enacted laws to protect medical professionals
Key Provisions of the Healthcare Service Personnel and Clinical Establishments (Prohibition of violence and damage to property) Bill, 2019
→ Definition of Violence: Defines acts of violence against healthcare professionals, including physical assault, harassment, and property
damage.
� Addresses violence based on caste, gender, religion, language, or place of birth.
→ Offence Categories and Punishment: Categorizes offences as cognizable and non-bailable, allowing for arrest without a warrant.
� Prescribes imprisonment and fines, with severity based on the offence’s nature.
→ Reporting and Grievance Redressal: Mandates reporting of violent incidents and establishes a grievance redressal mechanism for timely
investigation and justice.
→ Public Education: Emphasises public education about healthcare professionals’ challenges to foster understanding and reduce conflicts.
→ Investigation Panels: Proposes creating panels to investigate violence cases and address long waiting times in healthcare settings, which
contribute to tensions.
Need for Central Law

→ Rising Violence: Healthcare workers face increasing incidents of violence, including physical assaults and verbal abuse, often
in stressful hospital environments.
Eg: In 1973, junior nurse Aruna Ramchandra Shanbaug was sexually assaulted at Mumbai Hospital, and spent over 41 years
in a vegetative state before dying in 2015.
→ Inconsistent Protection Laws across states: While some States have laws, protections vary widely, leading to uneven
enforcement and lack of comprehensive coverage.
Eg: Kerala’s 2012 legislation had drawbacks due to which amendments were incorporated in the Healthcare Service Persons
and Healthcare Service Institutions Act following the murder of a Surgeon.
→ Inadequate Enforcement: Existing laws at the State level often lack strict penalties and effective enforcement, reducing their
deterrent effect.
→ Systemic Challenges: Issues like poor communication between patients and doctors, high patient expectations and inadequate
healthcare infrastructure contribute to violence.
→ Unified Approach: A central law would ensure consistent standards and protections across the country, addressing gaps and
providing a unified response to violence against healthcare professionals.
→ National Medical Commission: NMC has advised developing comprehensive safety policies for medical colleges.
Fact
An Indian Medical Association (IMA) survey found that over 75% of doctors in India encountered workplace violence.
Best practices
→ U.K.: The National Health Service enforces a zero-tolerance policy on violence, backed by dedicated security teams and a robust reporting
system.
→ USA: Certain states classify assaults on healthcare workers as felonies, providing a significant deterrent.
→ Australia: The hospitals have adopted safety measures such as security personnel, panic buttons and mandatory de-escalation training.
Challenges
→ Federal Structure: The Seventh Schedule of the Constitution puts Healthcare and Law & Order under State List which
complicates the creation of a uniform central law.
→ Existing State Laws: Many States already have their own laws to protect healthcare workers. Harmonising these with a central
law and addressing variations in enforcement can be complex.
→ Enforcement Issues: Ensuring effective implementation and enforcement of a central law across diverse regions with varying
levels of infrastructure and resources can be challenging.
→ Resource Allocation: Adequate funding and resources are needed to support the law’s provisions, such as training, security
and reporting mechanisms, which might strain existing budgets.
→ Legal Framework and Coordination: Integrating a new central law with existing legal frameworks and ensuring coordination
among multiple agencies and departments require careful planning and negotiation.
22
→ Public and Professional Awareness: Raising awareness and understanding among healthcare professionals and the public
about the new legislation and its benefits is crucial for its effectiveness.
Way Forward
→ Standardise & Harmonize Protective Measures: Implement consistent rules and penalties for addressing violence against
healthcare workers.
→ Surveillance and Security: Enhance hospital security with CCTV cameras, Hospital Protection Committee, accountable security
personnel.
→ Collaboration and Oversight: Ensure effective enforcement through central-state government collaboration and a dedicated
task force to address challenges.
→ Healthcare Worker Well-being: Improved infrastructure and restricted working hours are essential, along with mental health
support for healthcare workers.
→ Optimise work Environment: Foster a safer work environment, thereby reducing stress and boosting job satisfaction among
medical professionals.
→ Balanced approach: While a deterrent law in favour of Healthcare givers is desirable, it shouldn’t strangulate Patient’s rights
to take legal recourse against erring doctors.
→ Address the Underlying Issues: A comprehensive approach is needed to align spending with the NHP recommendation of
2.5% of GDP, improving patient-doctor communication, and addressing healthcare staff shortages.
Conclusion
While a Central Act would provide a unified approach to protecting healthcare workers across India, it must be part of a broader
strategy to enhance the overall healthcare system. This includes not only enacting comprehensive legislation but also investing in
healthcare infrastructure, improving patient communication, and implementing systemic reforms. Together, these measures can
address the root causes of violence and create a safer and more supportive environment for healthcare professionals.
Sources: The Hindu: Do we need a Central law for protection of healthcare professionals?
Increase in RTE coverage
Context
Recently, Madras HC ruled that Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE) Act, 2009, applies to admissions to
kindergarten.
Genesis and Constitutional Amendments of RTE Act

Unnikrishnan vs. State of Andhra Pradesh (1993)
→ The Supreme court declared education as a fundamental right, deriving from Article 21 (Right to Life) of the Indian Constitution.
→ The court mandated free education for all children until they reach the age of 14.
Constitution (86th Amendment) Act, 2002
→ Fundamental Right: Inserted Article 21A into the Constitution, which states, “The State shall provide free and compulsory
education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the State may by law determine.”
→ DPSP: Substituted a new article for Article 45, focusing on the state’s endeavour to provide early childhood care and education
for all children until they complete the age of six years.
→ Fundamental Duty: It was added to Article 51A, making it a duty of every parent or guardian to provide opportunities for
education to their child or ward between the ages of six and fourteen years.
Constitutional provisions for Minority Educational Institutions

→ Article 30(1): Right to religious and linguistic minorities to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.
→ Article 30(2): Minority-managed educational institutions are not discriminated against when receiving aid from the state.
→ Article 30(1A): As state laws provide for the compulsory acquisition of property of a minority educational institution.
Case laws on RTE
→ Exemption from RTE: The Apex court’s Pramati judgement (2014) made the entire RTE Act inapplicable to minority schools.
→ In the St. Stephen’s vs Delhi University case (1992), the Supreme Court ruled that MEIs can reserve 50% of seats for minorities.
→ In the TMA Pai & others vs State of Karnataka & others case (2002): SC ruled that MEIs can have a separate, fair, transparent, and merit-
based admission process and fee structure, but should not charge capitation fees.
What are the Issues?

→ Learning poverty: 53% of the 10 year old children in low and middle income countries failed to learn to read with comprehension
or had dropped out of school.
24
→ Gender gap: The share of Out-of school children is higher for boys, i.e. 2.9% and for girls it is 1.6%. Boys are less likely to
achieve minimum proficiency at the end of primary school.
→ Child disabilities: The Act did not contain any focused measures to address the needs of underprivileged populations or
children with disabilities.
→ Pupil Teacher Ratio: Maintaining a favourable pupil-teacher ratio is crucial to enhance the quality of education.
Eg: 1 Lakh schools being run by a single teacher.
→ Digital divide: In health emergencies like Covid-19, lack of access to phones, computers and a working internet connection to
attend classes online led to a greater learning divide, such emergencies were not covered by the RTE Act.
Eg: In 2017-18, only 42% of urban and 15% of rural households had internet access. (NSS data)
→ Infrastructure Deficiencies: Many schools lack basic infrastructure such as adequate classrooms, toilets, and drinking water
facilities.
→ 25% Reservation in Private Schools: The implementation of the 25% reservation for economically weaker sections in private
schools has been inconsistent, with many schools not complying with this provision.
Way Forward
→ Enhancing enforcement measures: The RTE Act should be enhanced with robust enforcement procedures, including harsh
penalties for noncompliance.
Eg: Enforcement of fines or the termination of licences for non-compliant private schools.
→ Addressing issues with teacher training: The quality of education can be improved by addressing issues with teacher training,
including providing ongoing professional development opportunities.
Eg: Teacher training programme
→ Effects of technology: The RTE Act should be updated to address the effects of technology on education, especially the use of
digital resources and online learning platforms.
Eg: Live Streaming and on-demand content via youtube for educational purposes.
→ Kenya’s best practice: The government has developed electronic copies of textbooks available for free on the Kenya education
cloud system for improved accessibility to quality resources for all students.
Conclusion
The New education policy of 2020 which works upon the shortages of RTE Act, 2009 aims to make India a global knowledge
superpower. The vision can be facilitated by universalization of education, use of vernacular languages as a medium of education
and promotion of vocational education.
PYQ
The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009 remains inadequate in promoting incentive-based systems for children’s
education without generating awareness about the importance of schooling. Analyse. (2022)
Source: The Hindu
Sports Governance
Context
India will host the 2036 Olympics and aims to be a top-five sports nation by 2047.
More in News
→ However, its Olympic ranking fell from 48th in Tokyo 2020 to 71st in Paris 2024, winning six medals compared to seven in Tokyo.
→ This decline contrasts with improvements in events like the 2022 Commonwealth Games highlighting gaps in India’s sports
system despite ongoing efforts.
Understanding India’s Sports Landscape

→ Sports under seventh schedule falls under State list meaning the promotion and development including the provision of
facilities are primarily the responsibility of State and UT Governments.
→ However only about 6% of India’s population participates in sports compared to 20% in the US and Australia and 60% in Japan.
Sportsperson in Sports administration
Advantages:
→ Athletic Domain Expertise: Players have firsthand experience and a deep understanding of sports which can be useful in sports
administration
→ Strengthened Stakeholder Interaction: Sportspersons are often more respected by athletes and coaches, fostering a more
positive and collaborative environment in sports federations.
→ Superior Training: An athlete-centred approach is more effective in providing improved training conditions, facilities and
mental & physical support systems.
Disadvantages:
→ Divergent Skill Sets for Athletes and Administrators: The skills needed for excelling as an elite athlete differ significantly from
those required for effective administration.
→ Sports Captains vs. Administrators: The decision-making approaches of sports captains and administrators differ with
administrative decisions taking longer to yield results compared to immediate game decisions.
→ Challenges with Back-Channel Negotiations in Sports: Elite players may struggle with issues requiring back-channel
negotiations, which politicians often handle more effectively.
26
Politicians in Sports Administration
Advantages
→ Expert Stakeholder Engagement: Politicians maintain checks and balances by swiftly involving all members in the administration.
Politicians in high positions bring extensive experience in managing diverse stakeholders across various domains.
→ Resource Management: Politicians excel in rallying support, managing media and securing sponsorships for the game.
→ Effective Sports Advocacy: Politicians are better positioned to advocate for the needs and aspirations of sports within legislative
and executive committees.
Disadvantages:
→ Disconnect from Grassroots Sports: Politicians often lack awareness of ground-level activities, leading to mismanagement
within national sports federations and the Indian Olympic Association.
→ Disconnection from Players’ Realities: Detachment from players’ on-ground experiences leads to indifference towards their
issues, relying on secondary feedback that can negatively impact their careers.
→ Prioritising Personal Gains Over Sports Interests: Over time the interests of players and sports are sidelined in favour of
financial and personal gains. Sports may be manipulated for vote-gathering, election rigging, and corruption.
Way Forward for Enhancing India’s Sports Ecosystem

→ Promoting Athletes Through Administrative Ranks: A promising approach is to appoint athletes at lower management levels
and advance them through the ranks which builds their expertise and enhances sports governance.
→ Promote the Kerala Government’s ‘one panchayat, one playground’ initiative across states to enhance grassroots sporting
culture.
→ Implement a One State-One Sport policy to encourage regional traditional sports boosting mass participation and interest.
→ Localised sports mega events similar to Rajasthan’s ‘Rural Olympics’ should be promoted across the country.
→ Enhancing Sports Federation Governance: Implement independent recruitment for top positions and increase transparency
in both the operations of federations and policy-making processes.
→ Channelling Corporate Funding for Sports: Since Indian firms typically allocate their CSR funds through NGOs it’s crucial to
incentivize the creation of sports-focused NGOs nationwide.
Global Best Practice in Sports Governance: The Juguo Tizhi system in China
It is China’s highly centralised, state-controlled sports system aimed at boosting international performance. It identifies and develops young
athletes through well-funded sports schools and training centres. This system has proven effective as seen in the 2008 Beijing Olympics where
China topped the gold medal count with 48.
Sources: Economic Times: India is not even in the ring in the Olympics bout with China. But why?, Indian Express: Express View: After the Olympics
Adoption of Digital Technologies in Rural India
What’s the context?

India’s rural areas have seen significant transformation with the rapid adoption of digital technologies, improving education,
healthcare, agriculture and economic empowerment while bridging the urban-rural divide.
28
Challenges in Adoption of Digital Technology for Rural India

→ Infrastructure Gaps:
Limited Connectivity: Many rural areas have poor internet infrastructure resulting in limited access to online services.
Eg: According to TRAI, rural areas have a tele-density of 58%
Electricity hassle: Frequent power outages disrupt digital activities and limit technology use.
Eg: Around 67% of electrified villages suffer from erratic power supply.
→ Digital Literacy: Many rural residents lack basic digital skills making it difficult for them to effectively use digital tools and
platforms.
Eg: According to NSS, rural computer literacy stands at 18.1%
→ Economic Disparities: Low-income levels exacerbate the digital divide.
Eg: According to Household Consumption Expenditure Survey per capita household consumption expenditure in 2023
adjusted for inflation was merely ₹2,054 a month in rural areas.
→ Cybersecurity Risks: Rural users may lack awareness and protection against online threats such as fraud, scams, and data
breaches.
Eg: According to National cybercrime reporting portal (NCRP) more than 10% of the reported cyber crimes are from rural
areas.
→ Language Barriers: Digital content and services are often available primarily in English or major regional languages which may
not be accessible to speakers of less common languages or dialects
→ Geographical Factors: The geographical remoteness of certain rural areas makes it challenging to deploy and maintain digital
infrastructure.
Conclusion
To effectively advance digital technology adoption in rural India a comprehensive and strategic approach is essential. By addressing
infrastructure gaps, enhancing digital literacy, and promoting inclusivity India can bridge the urban-rural divide and significantly
improve the quality of life for millions. Embracing this multifaceted strategy will ensure a more inclusive digital transformation,
unlocking new opportunities and fostering sustainable development across its rural regions.
Source: Kurukshetra Magazine
Lateral Entry
Context
UPSC has recently invited applications for lateral entry from private sector professionals, state/UT government employees, and
PSU staff to fill 45 contract-based positions as Joint Secretary, Director, and Deputy Secretary across 24 Central Ministries.
Types of Bureaucracy
→ Generalist Bureaucracy: Officials with broad skills adaptable to various roles, like IAS officers, focusing on overall policy implementation
and government functions.
→ Specialist Bureaucracy: Officials with deep expertise in specific areas, such as finance or health, providing technical solutions and advice.
Examples include Nandan Nilekani for Aadhaar and Raghuram Rajan at RBI.
What is Lateral Entry?

It refers to appointing professionals from the Private Sector or PSUs directly into mid and senior-level Indian bureaucracy
positions such as Joint Secretary, Director or Deputy Secretary. Selection is based on experience, qualifications and interviews not
competitive exams.
30
Advantages of Lateral Entry in Indian Bureaucracy:

→ Adapting to Evolving Governance Needs: The increasing complexity of governance and the growing importance of data require
specialised skills that generalist officers may not possess.
Eg: Nandan Nilekani for Aadhaar and Raghuram Rajan at RBI.
→ Transforming Bureaucratic Culture: Introducing professionals from other sectors can foster a shift towards greater efficiency
and effectiveness in the bureaucracy.
Eg: Former corporate CEO Saurabh Mishra for instance is joining the Ministry of Finance as a Joint Secretary through lateral
entry.
→ Promoting Participatory Governance: As governance becomes more inclusive lateral entry allows private sector and non-
profit experts to contribute.
Eg: Environmental specialist Dr. Sujit Kumar Bajpayee for instance has joined the Ministry of Environment and Forests as a
Joint Secretary through lateral entry.
→ Driving Major Economic Reforms: Lateral Entry helps in designing and implementing complex reforms-balancing growth with
social equity.
Eg: Montek Singh Ahluwalia’s role in India’s 1991 liberalisation.
Challenges Lateral Entry Pose for Indian Bureaucracy:

→ Reservation Issue: Lateral entry roles are excluded from reservation quotas under the “13-point roster” policy. The recent
cancellation of 45 such positions in August 2024 raises concerns about reducing representation for marginalised communities.
→ Internal Conflicts: Efficient & long-serving civil servants might experience reduced morale and potential conflicts with lateral
entrants which could affect their role and effectiveness.
→ Collusive Corruption: There is a risk that lateral entrants might make decisions favouring their previous employers leading to
potential collusive corruption.
→ Conflict of Interest: Lateral entrants might experience conflicts of interest if they return to their previous industries after their
tenure, leading to ethical concerns and diminished public trust. Enforcing robust ethical guidelines and cooling-off periods
remains difficult.
→ Evaluation and Accountability: Lateral entrants on short-term contracts face challenges in performance evaluation and long-
term impact assessment as compared to career bureaucrats leading to potential inequities.
Way Forward
→ Revamping Recruitment and Promotions for Meritocracy:
Adopt a merit-based system as advised by the 2nd ARC with a Central Civil Services Authority for enhanced autonomy and
objectivity.
Set up regular assessment centres for promotions focusing on leadership and expertise.
Ensure formation of an independent Civil Services Board in all states to oversee appointments and reduce political
interference.
→ Strengthening Expertise: Create Specialised Cadres for domain expertise in key sectors like technology, finance and healthcare
while enforcing domain expertise after 10 years and collaborate with leading universities for continuous professional education.
→ Outcome-Driven Accountability Framework: Adopt a performance-based appraisal system as recommended by the Hota
Committee (2004) including 360-degree feedback and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for senior roles.
Enhanced Service Reviews and Accountability: Review government employees at 14 and 20 years to assess suitability for
continued service. If deemed unfit after 20 years the service may be terminated with future employment dependent on
review results.
Conclusion
Lateral entry into the civil service aims to introduce specialised skills and diverse perspectives addressing skill gaps and enhancing
efficiency. Its success depends on a well-defined framework including clear entry requirements, role definitions and thorough
training. Equally important are the reforms needed within the traditional civil service structure particularly regarding seniority and
institutional practices to ensure a seamless integration of lateral entrants.
PYQ
Institutional quality is a crucial driver of economic performance”. In this context suggest reforms in the Civil Service for strengthening
democracy. (2020)
Sources: Indian Express, UPSC Essentials | Expert talk : Is lateral entry a disadvantage for Civil Services?
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
India- China Relations
Context
India and China hold the 31st meeting of the Working Mechanism for Consultation and Coordination on India-China Border Affairs
(WMCC) in Beijing to resolve the standoff at the Line of Actual Control (LAC).
Evolution of India-China ties
Areas of Cooperation
Political Cooperation
→ Establishment of Diplomatic Relations: India became the first non-socialist bloc country to establish diplomatic relations
with the People’s Republic of China in 1950.
→ High-Level Visits: Exchange of visits by top leaders, such as Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi’s visit in 1988 and Prime Minister
Narendra Modi’s visits in 2014, 2015, and 2018, have contributed to improving bilateral relations.
32
Economic Cooperation
→ Bilateral Trade: Bilateral trade between India and China reached US$136.2 billion in 2023.
Eg: India became one of the largest markets for “project exports” from China.
→ Investments: According to the Ministry of commerce & industry, China stands at 20th position with only 0.43% share or $2.45
billion total FDI equity inflow into India during April, 2000 to December, 2021.
→ Economic Potential: With a combined market of over 2.7 billion people and a GDP representing 20% of the world’s total, there
is immense potential for further economic cooperation between India and China.
Science and Technology Cooperation

→ Both countries have organized joint research workshops to foster collaboration and innovation in the field of science and
technology.
→ NASSCOM of India established three IT corridors in Dalian, Guizhou, and Xuzhou in China, enhancing collaboration in
information technology.
Cultural, Educational and People-to-People Exchanges

→ The resumption of the pilgrimage (yatra) for Indian pilgrims to Mount Kailash and Lake Manasarovar in Tibet in 1981.
→ Establishment of over 10 pairs of sister cities/provinces and increased personnel exchanges, with over one million exchanges
recorded.
→ Yunnan Minzu University in China became the first university outside of India to award a Master’s degree in yoga.
Defence Cooperation
→ 2016 marked their inaugural Defense Ministers’ meeting.
→ “Hand-in-Hand,” a joint military exercise in 2017, aimed at improving mutual comprehension and counterterrorism skills.
→ Implementation of the “China-India Plus” model, including successful joint training programs for Afghan diplomats, as a new
model of cooperation in third-party countries.
Multilateral Cooperation
→ BRICS: India and China, along with Brazil, Russia, and South Africa, participate in BRICS, fostering dialogue on global and
bilateral matters.
Eg: New Development Bank and Contingency Reserve Arrangement promote alternative finance.
→ Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO): Both nations joined SCO in 2017, collaborating on security, geopolitics, and regional
economics, facilitating engagement on diverse international issues.
→ Russia-India-China Trilateral (RIC): RIC enables joint stances on global challenges, counterterrorism, and regional concerns,
offering a platform for India and China to align on global matters.
→ Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB): As founding members of AIIB, India and China support infrastructure development
in Asia through funding and project assistance.
What are the Challenges?

→ The Doklam standoff in 2017, where Indian and Chinese troops faced off in the disputed Doklam plateau, strained ties.
→ The deadliest clash in decades occurred in June 2020 in the Galwan Valley, resulting in casualties on both sides.
→ China continues to claim Arunachal Pradesh as part of its territory, referring to it as “South Tibet,” which India firmly rejects.
→ The repeated issuance of stapled visas to residents of Arunachal Pradesh by China has also been a point of contention.
→ Bhutan and Nepal: China criticises India’s role and relationship with Bhutan and Nepal, attempting to influence their ties and
play the “China card” against India.
→ Belt and Road Initiative: India opposes China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), particularly the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor
(CPEC), which passes through Indian territory claimed by Pakistan.
→ China-Pakistan Nexus: China’s support to Pakistan in military, nuclear, and missile capabilities, along with blocking India’s
efforts at the UN, creates concerns for India’s security.
→ Indian Ocean Region: China’s increasing presence, including military outposts, port acquisitions, and economic influence in
countries like Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, and Myanmar, raises concerns for India’s traditional influence in the region.
Eg: China’s String of Pearls
Way Forward
→ Dialogue and Diplomacy: Both countries should continue and expand diplomatic engagements at various levels to address
concerns and build mutual trust.
Eg: Regular high-level talks, such as the Special Representatives mechanism.
→ Economic Cooperation: Enhancing trade and investment ties can be a foundation for stability. Exploring new areas of economic
collaboration, promoting investments, and reducing trade barriers can contribute to shared prosperity.
→ People-to-People Contacts: Encouraging cultural exchanges, educational partnerships, and tourism can promote better
understanding between societies and create positive public sentiment.
→ Technological and Scientific Cooperation: Joint research and development projects, technology sharing, and innovation
partnerships can foster mutual benefits and strengthen ties.
Source: Indian Express (31 August): A hint of Hope
India-Bangladesh Relations
Context
Political changes in Bangladesh significantly impacted the Indian companies operating there.
34
Areas of Cooperation
Historical Ties
→ India and Bangladesh share a 4,096.7 km-long border, making it the longest land boundary that India shares with any of its
neighbouring countries.
→ The 1971 Liberation War led to Bangladesh’s independence, with India playing a key role by supporting the movement,
providing refuge to millions, and intervening militarily.
→ India was the 1st country to recognize Bangladesh as an independent state and established diplomatic relations immediately
after its independence in 1971.
Trade and Investment

→ Trade: In FY 2023–24, trade between the two nations reached $13 billion, with Bangladesh emerging as India’s largest trade
partner in the subcontinent.
Eg: India ranked as Bangladesh’s second-largest partner in Asia after China.
→ Bangladesh has received significant duty concessions under agreements like SAFTA, SAPTA, and APTA.
Eg: India has granted Bangladesh duty-free quota access on all tariff lines, excluding tobacco and alcohol, under South
Asian Free Trade Area (SAFTA) agreement.
→ Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT): It was signed on February 9, 2009, and came into force on July 7, 2011.
This treaty aims to promote and protect investments between the two countries, fostering a favourable environment for
investors from both nations.
Infrastructure And Connectivity

→ The Akhaura-Agartala cross-border rail link and Khulna-Mongla Port rail line were inaugurated in November 2023.
→ An agreement was established for the use of Chittagong and Mongla ports to facilitate cargo movement between mainland
India and the Northeast.
→ India extended three lines of credit (LOCs) to Bangladesh since 2016, totaling $8 billion for the development of road, rail,
shipping, and port infrastructure.
→ The Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, and Nepal (BBIN) Motor Vehicles Agreement (MVA) aims to enhance road connectivity.
Security & Border Management

→ The India-Bangladesh Land Boundary Agreement (LBA) came into effect in June 2015.
India and Bangladesh swapped the disputed islands and allowed the inhabitants to choose their country of residence.
→ India and Bangladesh have established an annual Coordinated Patrol (CORPAT) as a joint initiative between their navies.
→ Joint Exercises between two countries are Exercise Sampriti (Army) and Exercise Bongo Sagar (Navy).
Energy Cooperation
→ In 2018, the construction of the India-Bangladesh Friendship Pipeline Project was inaugurated.
This pipeline, spanning 130 km, connects Siliguri in West Bengal, India, to Parbatipur in the Dinajpur district of Bangladesh.
It is set to deliver one million Metric Tonnes Per Annum (MMTPA) of High-Speed Diesel to Bangladesh.
→ As of 2023, Bangladesh’s total installed power generation capacity was 24,911 MW, with 2,656 MW (over 10%) imported
from India.
Multilateral Cooperation
→ India and Bangladesh engage in regional cooperation by participating in various multilateral platforms, including SAARC,
BIMSTEC, and the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA).
→ Bangladesh was invited as a Guest Country to India’s G20 Presidency in 2023.
Way Forward
→ Support for Popular Will: India should support democratic expressions in neighbouring countries, as seen in Nepal’s 2006
movement, reinforcing its commitment to democratic values and fostering regional stability.
→ Readiness to Enhance Relations: India should express willingness to expand economic ties with any new government in
Bangladesh, avoiding narratives that label political changes as anti-India or anti-Hindu.
→ Joint Task Forces and Border Management: India and Bangladesh should establish joint task forces and smart border
management strategies to effectively combat cross-border issues like drug trafficking, human trafficking, and illegal immigration.
→ Digital Connectivity Corridor: Between India and Bangladesh can enhance trade, innovation, and technological exchange,
fostering economic growth and cooperation.
→ Expedite India-Bangladesh FTA: India should quickly finalise an FTA with Bangladesh ahead of its LDC graduation, ensuring
mutual trade benefits and safeguarding against misuse by third-party nations.
Conclusion
As rightly said by the External Affairs Minister “When we say neighbourhood first, it is Bangladesh First for us”. Hence, India
should actively engage with Bangladesh to ensure a prosperous and progressive South Asia and wider Indo-Pacific Region.
Sources: The Hindu (20 August): Protecting Indian Capital in Bangladesh, Indian Express (6 August): The 50-year-old relationship between India
and Sheikh Hasina
Strategic Autonomy
Context
The Indian Prime Minister’s visit to Russia before the NATO Summit in Washington irked the USA. However, India sees it as a
demonstration of its longstanding policy of strategic autonomy.
What is Strategic Autonomy?

It denotes the ability of a state to pursue its national interests and adopt its preferred foreign policy without being constrained in
any manner by other states.
36
Need for Maintaining Strategic Autonomy

→ Upholding sovereignty:
India’s territorial sovereignty and integrity are non-negotiable. The Constitution designates India as a Sovereign state, which
allows it to independently conduct its internal and external affairs.
→ Navigating with Pragmatism
Ensuring Energy Security: India was able to increase its crude oil imports from Russia (rising from $24 billion in 2021-22 to
$46.5 billion in 2023-24) despite Western opposition due to Strategic Autonomy
Meeting Defence Needs: India imports 40% of its defence equipment from Russia and has moved forward with the S-400
deal, despite potential U.S. CAATSA sanctions due to its strategic autonomy.
Maintaining Pragmatism: India has abstained from condemning Russia in international forums such as the 2023 UN General
Assembly resolution on the Russia-Ukraine war due to strategic autonomy
Maintaining Independent Relations:India continues energy cooperation & Chabahar port development with Iran navigating
the USA sanctions to uphold strategic interests.
→ Non-Alignment to Multi-Alignment:
Non-Alignment: India has avoided joining military alliances and maintained neutrality in the bipolar world.
Multi-Alignment: India practises a multi-directional foreign policy, balancing relations between adversarial powers like the
USA, Russia, Iran, and Israel.
→ Courage of Conviction:
Global Leadership: Strategic Autonomy gives moral footing and pragmatic levers to India’s foreign policy to take contrary
and moral positions in the face of high pressure.
Moral Positions: India takes principled stands under pressure, such as its stance on global terrorism at the UNSC and its
support for Vietnam during the USA-Vietnam War, as well as backing Bangladesh’s independence in 1971.
Challenges to India’s Strategic Autonomy

→ Projection as a U.S. Ally:
India’s role in the QUAD and Major Defense Partnership with the U.S. align with American interests which may hinder
strategic autonomy & impact relations with Russia and Iran.
→ Rise of China and Increased Assertiveness:
Geopolitical Tensions: China’s assertiveness, exemplified by the Doklam standoff and Galwan Valley clashes, poses a
security threat impacting India’s strategic autonomy.
→ Moral Implications:
Neutral Stance: Maintaining strategic autonomy may require India to take neutral or controversial positions, such as its
refusal to condemn Russia and its neutral stance in the Ukraine conflict.
→ Dependence for Economic Growth:
Technology and Capital Needs: Reliance on developed countries for technology, capital, markets, and global cooperation
can compromise strategic autonomy.
International Institutions: Criticism of the IMF and World Bank for imposing politically charged terms highlights how
economic dependencies can affect autonomy.
→ Dependence on Defense Imports:
Vulnerability to External Pressure: Relying on defence imports makes India susceptible to external influence, as exporting
countries might use their leverage to shape India’s defence policies.
Compromised Security: Dependence on foreign defence equipment can affect security and limit India’s ability to
independently manage its defence capabilities.
Pooled Sovereignty and Strategic Autonomy

What is Pooled Sovereignty?
→ Pooled sovereignty refers to the practice where states or entities collectively share or delegate certain aspects of their national authority
or decision-making powers to a larger, often international, organisation or body.
� Eg: The global problems of Climate change, Terrorism, issues in International Trade can be effectively tackled by pooling in the
sovereignty
Impact of Pooled sovereignty on India’s strategic autonomy:
→ Multilateral Commitments: Aligning policies with other member states can limit independent action.
→ Influence of External Powers: Compromises within multilateral frameworks may constrain decision-making.
→ Economic and Security Dependencies: Alliances can increase dependencies restricting independent policies.
→ Legal and Normative Constraints: Agreements can impose constraints aligning with collective norms.
Misuse of Pooled sovereignty
→ Developed countries dominate multilateral institutions like the WTO, resulting in unresolved issues such as agricultural subsidies and a
crippled dispute settlement mechanism due to U.S. actions.
� Eg: The World Bank, IMF, and WTO are criticised for being controlled by developed nations, which impose terms on developing countries.
→ Developing nations are often pressured into climate change policies that hinder their development.
Way Forward:
→ Address Economic Dependencies: Diversify trade partners and economic activities to reduce over-reliance and enhance
economic resilience.
Eg: China dominates India’s imports in the electronics, telecom, and electrical sectors, accounting for 43.9% of the total
which needs to be reduced.
→ Enhancing National Capabilities: The government should prioritise self-reliance in defence, technology and energy through
‘Make in India’ boosting domestic manufacturing and innovation to reduce dependence on foreign suppliers.
38
→ Broadening Strategic Partnerships: India should also build and strengthen relationships with emerging powers like Japan,
Australia and Southeast Asian countries to broaden its strategic network.
Conclusion
Maintaining strategic autonomy is essential for India as it navigates a complex and evolving global landscape. To thrive in a
multipolar world, India should diversify alliances, enhance domestic defence and technology, and adopt a balanced and proactive
international approach. These strategies will help India secure its interests, reduce dependency, and uphold its autonomy
effectively.
Source: The Hindu: India and a case for strategic autonomy
India France Relation
Comtexy
The French President and Indian Prime Minister elevated the ‘Partnership for the Planet’ as one of the three pillars of the Indo-
French Horizon 2047 Roadmap.
Partnership for the Planet

The ‘Partnership for the Planet’ initiative focuses on implementing concrete projects to promote environmental sustainability and inclusivity
in India. It is part of a larger global effort to support sustainable solutions and green transitions in various countries.
India-France Partnership: A Historical Overview

Post-Independence:
→ Diplomatic relations were established after India’s independence.
→ French aircraft and helicopters joined the Indian air fleet in the 1960s.
→ In 1984, France supplied nuclear fuel to the Tarapur plant after the US withdrew.
→ France supported India’s space program by helping set up Sriharikota and providing rocket technologies in the 1970s.
→ Cold War constraints limited the relationship’s development.
Post-Cold War Era:
→ India and France formed a Strategic Partnership in 1998, focusing on ‘defence and security’, ‘space’, and ‘civil nuclear cooperation’.
→ 2023 marked 25 years of India-France Strategic Partnership
Pillars of Indo-French Horizon 2047 Roadmap

Partnership for security & sovereignty Partnership for the planet Partnership for people
Defence: Ongoing Cooperation consists of Solar Energy Cooperation: International Student Mobility: Target of admitting 30,000
collaboration on fighter jets and submarines. Solar Alliance (ISA) aims to mobilise US$1 Indian students to France by 2030.
EG: Timely delivery of 36 Rafale jets for the trillion in solar investments by 2030. Visa Policy: Introduce a 5-year short-stay
Indian Air Force (IAF) and Success of the P75 Schengen visa for Indian students with a
programme with the delivery of six Scorpene Master’s degree from French universities.
submarines. France will significantly increase resources
for the Campus France network in India.
Space: Enhanced through agreements Green Energy Cooperation Culture: France will partner with India to
between France’s CNES and India’s ISRO. Indo-French Roadmap on Green Hydrogen: establish a major new National Museum in
EG: Developing reusable launchers, Joint Aims to converge hydrogen ecosystems for a New Delhi.
Earth observation satellite - TRISHNA, First sustainable value chain. France’s Médias Monde and Prasar Bharati
phase of maritime surveillance constellation Decarbonized Hydrogen: Partnership will collaborate on exchanging audiovisual
in Indian Ocean. between McPhy and L&T to manufacture content and co-producing programs in
electrolyzers in India under the roadmap. culture, education, science and sports.
Civil Nuclear Energy: It includes Plastic Pollution: France and India committed Research: France and India will boost funding
advancements on the 6-EPR power plant to adopting a treaty to address plastic for the Indo-French Centre for the Promotion
project in Jaitapur. pollution across the entire lifecycle of plastic of Advanced Research (IFCPAR/CEFIPRA) to
EG: Launch of a cooperation programme products. support new joint projects.
focused on small modular reactors and
advanced modular reactors.
Counter-Terrorism: Strengthening of Health: Letter of Intent signed for cooperation Sports Cooperation: Sign a Letter of Intent
collaboration between France’s GIGN and in hospitals, medical research, digital to enhance cooperation in sports particularly
India’s National Security Guard (NSG). technology, biotechnology, public health and in preparation for major upcoming sporting
combating micro-bacterial resistance as part events.
of the One Health initiative.
Critical Technology Cooperation: Blue Economy: Partnership between Civil Society: Volunteer Expansion aim
Strengthening collaboration in cutting-edge IFREMER (French Research Institute for to double the number of international
digital technologies. Exploitation of the Sea) and India’s NIOT volunteers in solidarity and civic service
EG: Focus on supercomputing, cloud (National Institute of Ocean Technology) between India and France by 2025
computing, artificial intelligence and focussing on Ocean research under the Blue
quantum computing. Economy and Ocean Governance roadmap
Agreement between Atos and India’s adopted in 2022.
Ministry of Earth Sciences for the supply of
supercomputers worth over Rs 920 crore.
Significance of India-France relations
→ Securing the Indo-Pacific:

French support is vital for India to maintain stability and security in the Indo-Pacific and counter growing Chinese aggression,
exemplified by the 2018 India-France Joint Strategic Vision for cooperation in the Indian Ocean Region.
→ Strategic Autonomy:
The relationship exemplifies strategic autonomy, unaffected by Anglo-Saxon or anti-Western views, as seen in France’s
support for India following the 1998 Pokhran nuclear tests.
→ Entry to Key Organisations:
France’s backing is essential for India’s inclusion in significant international bodies like the UNSC and the Nuclear Suppliers
Group (NSG).
40
→ Global Stability:
India-France relations are crucial for balancing Russia’s assertiveness in Europe and China’s influence in Asia, contributing
to global stability and power parity in the emerging world order.
→ Horizon 2047 Agreement:
The Horizon 2047 agreement outlines the future 25-year roadmap for India-France collaboration, focusing on emerging
technologies such as supercomputing, cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and quantum technologies.
Challenges in Indo-French Relations
→ Economic Constraints:
The lack of a Free Trade Agreement limits deeper economic integration, and progress on the India-EU Broad-based Trade
and Investment Agreement (BTIA) has stalled.
→ Trade and Intellectual Property Issues:
The trade balance favours France, with higher exports to India.
France has also raised concerns about insufficient protection of intellectual property rights for its businesses in India.
→ Stalled Projects: projects like the Jaitapur nuclear initiative, face operational difficulties.
→ Divergent Views on Geopolitical Issues: France has criticised Russia’s invasion of Ukraine while India has adopted a more
neutral stance.
Way Forward
→ Economic Engagement:
Accelerate India-EU BTIA (Broad-based Trade and Investment Agreement) Negotiations with France as a key ally within
the EU.
Use Successful Models such as Japan-India Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement as a potential model for
bilateral economic agreements.
→ Negotiating Trade and Intellectual Property (IP):
Established Joint Working Group focused on IP protection and technology transfer to address existing concerns.
→ Managing Geopolitical Positions:
Increase Strategic Dialogues to align perspectives on global issues and collaborate on mutual interests such as Indo-Pacific
security.
→ Addressing Emerging Global Tensions:
Enhance Intelligence Sharing and conduct joint strategic assessments to better address global tensions.
Develop Crisis Response Mechanisms drawing inspiration from the Quad framework and exploring ways to include France
in specific areas.
Conclusion:
As global dynamics shift the India-France partnership is well-placed to shape a stable and balanced international order. By
leveraging their mutual strengths and tackling challenges together both nations can elevate their collaboration benefiting their
own countries and promoting global peace and prosperity. The Indo-French Year of Innovation in 2026 will be a key moment to
showcase and celebrate these achievements.
Sources: ORF: France and India: Partners for a green future, Indian Express: Three pillars as its basis, India and France outline road ahead till 2047,
The Hindu: France: India’s steady partner in green growth.
India-Poland Relations
Context
During the Indian Prime Minister’s landmark visit, India and Poland advanced their bilateral ties to a “Strategic Partnership,”
ushering in a new phase of collaboration in defence, security, trade, and technology.
India-Poland Areas of Cooperation

→ Parliamentary exchanges between India and Poland began post-1989.
Eg: A Parliamentary Friendship Group was formed in both countries, with a new 22-member group established in 2024.
→ Investment: Indian investment in Poland exceeds $3 billion driven by IT firms like Infosys and Tata Consultancy Services.
Eg: Infosys and HCL have a strong presence in Poland employing over 10,000 professionals.
Eg: Polish investment in India totals $685 million with Solaris for electric bus production.
→ Agro-Food Processing: Polish technology in food processing is recognized with opportunities for Polish firms to join India’s
Mega Food Parks.
Eg: A Joint Working Group on Food Processing has been established.
→ Pharmaceuticals: Poland is a key importer of chemicals offering opportunities for Indian exporters in pharmaceuticals.
Eg: Import of raw materials for essential medications including antibiotics.
→ Textiles: Textiles are India’s top export to Poland with imports at $645 million in 2023.
→ Indology: Poland has a long tradition in Indology with Sanskrit studies starting in the 19th century.
Eg: The University of Warsaw and Jagiellonian University are major centres for Indian studies.
→ Yoga: Poland has a long history with yoga with over 300,000 practitioners and numerous centres.
Eg: The International Day of Yoga is widely celebrated across the country.
42
→ Indian freedom heroes: Polish cities have streets named after Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore and a bust of Gandhi
is displayed at the University of Warsaw.
Importance of India-Poland Relations

→ Economic Ties:
Trade Growth: Bilateral trade between India and Poland has surged by 192% between 2013-2023.
Investment Flow: India is the second-largest market for Polish foreign direct investments in Asia with Polish investments in
India reaching nearly PLN 380 million in 2021.
→ Strategic Significance:
Geopolitical Position: Poland’s strategic location in Central Europe makes it a pivotal player within the EU offering India
access to the broader European market.
EU Relations: Poland’s upcoming presidency of the EU in January 2025 is expected to further enhance India-EU relations.
Security Role:Poland is a crucial hub for Western operations in Ukraine, leads NATO’s eastern flank and helps develop new
European security structures against Russia.
→ Educational and Cultural Connections:
Academic Opportunities: Poland is a popular destination for Indian students seeking quality education at affordable costs.
Cultural Exchange: In 2023 a cultural festival in Warsaw highlighted Indian art, music and cuisine fostering deeper people-
to-people connections.
→ Tourism Growth:Poland’s scenic beauty and history are attracting more Indian tourists with the Polish Tourism Organisation
promoting travel packages to destinations like Rajasthan, Kerala and Goa.
Challenges in India-Poland relations:

→ Underappreciation of India’s Global Standing: Poland has underestimated India’s growing global influence and importance
leading to outdated perceptions and limited media and elite interest in India.
→ Unappealing Cooperation Proposal:

Decline in Defence Cooperation: Restructuring Poland’s defence industry has diminished the importance of defence ties
with India.
Limited Results: Mining and energy cooperation has not produced significant outcomes.
Lack of Support Offers: Poland has not proposed new support for India’s modernization programs or flagship initiatives.
Absence of Scholarships and Funds: Poland has not introduced scholarships or joint technology funds to foster people-to-
people connections.
→ Lack of Strategic Resource: Poland lacks the strategic resources India seeks such as energy, nuclear fuel, rare earth metals,
advanced weaponry and green technologies.
→ Competitive Dynamics: Poland and India frequently compete in areas like attracting foreign investment and advancing in
global value chains.
Measures for strengthening Poland-India relations

→ R&D collaboration: Prioritise joint research in electromobility, hydrogen technologies, green tech, space, climate-friendly
mining and agri-food sectors.
→ Expand Security and IT Cooperation: Strengthen collaboration in security infrastructure, defence and IT sectors.
→ Leverage Aviation and Maritime Links: Use direct flights between New Delhi, Mumbai and Warsaw to boost business and
tourism. Explore convergence of India’s Sagarmala program and Poland’s shipbuilding opportunities.
→ Address Global Security Concerns: Advocate for a stronger position at the UN to address global issues like rising energy prices
and supply chain disruptions caused by the Ukraine conflict.
→ Adopt a Strategic Perspective: Poland should offer broad cooperation in military, food, technology and support India’s UNSC
bid and its anti-neo-imperialism stance.
Conclusion
The upgrade of India-Poland relations to a “Strategic Partnership” marks a key development highlighting strengthened cooperation
in defence, trade and technology. This partnership built on shared values and strong economic ties is poised for significant growth
as both nations enhance strategic collaboration amid global shifts.
Sources: The Hindu- PM begins Poland Visit, says it will help forge more vibrant relations, The Hindu- India, Poland formulate action plan, upgrade
ties to strategic partnership, Embassy of India, Warsaw.
Indian PM visit to Kyiv
Context
The recent visit of the Indian Prime Minister to Ukraine was the first by an Indian PM since its independence in 1991.
44
India’s Past Stance on Ukraine:

→ Since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, India has maintained a neutral stance, abstaining from UN resolutions
critical of Russia.
→ India ignored Western sanctions affecting oil imports and defence hardware from Russia.
→ India did not include Ukraine in the G-20 summit last year nor send high-level participation to the Swiss peace summit in June.
Challenges for India as a Mediator in the Peace Process

→ Stalemate Due to Military Objectives: Both Russia and Ukraine are focused on military goals evident from Russia’s attacks
before the Indian PM’s Moscow visit and Ukraine’s actions in Kursk. Their rigid stances hinder mediation efforts.
→ Conflicting Demands: The peace process is hindered by opposing demands as Zelenskyy wants a full Russian withdrawal while
Putin demands Ukraine’s retreat from occupied areas and the drop of its NATO bid.
→ Multiple International Actors: The involvement of various global players adds complexity to negotiations making it difficult to
achieve consensus and advance the peace process.
→ Deep-rooted Geopolitical Interests: The entrenched geopolitical interests of the U.S. and Russia make it unlikely that either
power will accept a peace proposal that does not align with its strategic goals.
→ India’s Neutral Stance: India has stayed neutral on the Russia-Ukraine conflict avoiding UN resolutions against Russia and
labelling it as “Europe’s war” a stance that has drawn criticism from Western nations.
→ Perceived partiality towards Russia due to historical ties and dependencies impacts India’s credibility as peacemakers.
Way forward:
→ Diplomatic Balance: India should balance its historical ties with Russia while showing greater empathy for Ukraine by increasing
humanitarian aid and explicitly supporting Ukraine’s territorial integrity.
→ Focused Mediation Strategies: Rather than addressing the entire conflict India should focus on specific goals like past initiatives
such as the Black Sea Grain Initiative to build trust and foster broader peace talks.
→ Drawing Insights from Historical Mediation Successes: India should reflect on its past successful mediations, such as the
Austria-Soviet crisis of 1950, the Korean War armistice negotiations, and the Colombo Plan, to inform its current diplomatic
strategies.
→ Collaborative Engagement: India should team up with neutral nations and international organisations such as Turkey, Israel or
UN bodies to strengthen its role in peace negotiations.
→ Economic Leverage for Diplomatic Gains: India could use its economic ties, especially its energy purchases from Russia, to
encourage Moscow to enter peace talks and offer economic incentives to Ukraine to support negotiations.
→ Formulating a Concrete Peace Framework: India needs to outline clear principles for ceasefire and peace addressing key
concerns such as troop withdrawals, security guarantees and territorial disputes to move from general advocacy to a substantive
mediatory role.
Conclusion
The visit marks a new phase in India-Ukraine relations addressing past issues and seeking constructive dialogue. India’s success in
peace efforts will depend on balancing strategic interests with international expectations.
Sources: Indian Express: Why Modi’s visit to Ukraine marks three new roads, The Hindu: Not Taking Sides, The Hindu: Not neutral, India on the
side of peace.
PYQs
Q. Russia and Ukraine war has been going on for the last seven months. Different countries have taken independent stands and actions
keeping in view their own national interests. We are all aware that war has its own impact on the different aspects of society, including human
tragedy. What are those ethical issues that are crucial to be considered while launching the war and its continuation so far? Illustrate with
justification the ethical issues involved in the given state of affairs. (2022)
Q. The long-sustained image of India as a leader of the oppressed and marginalised Nations has disappeared on account of its newfound role
in the emerging global order”. Elaborate. (2019)
46
General Studies - Paper-III

ECONOMY
Enhancing Innovation in rural India
Context
Innovation drives economic growth and development especially in rural India. It offers new solutions to rural challenges and
fosters entrepreneurship addressing issues like poor infrastructure, limited market access, environmental concerns and gaps in
education, healthcare and financial resources.
Frugal Innovations (‘Jugaad Innovation’) Transforming Rural India

Jugaad innovations, characterised by frugal and resourceful solutions are making significant impacts in rural India. These grassroots
innovations address local challenges and bridge socio-economic gaps with creative and cost-effective solutions. Key examples
include:
→ Multi-Purpose Food Processing Machine: Processes a variety of fruits and medicinal crops into products like gel, juice and extracts.
→ Mitticool: An earthen refrigerator that operates without electricity.
→ Low-Cost Drip Irrigation: Utilizes discarded PVC pipes and plastic bottles increasing water-use efficiency by 50%.
→ Micro-Hydro Power Generators: Locally made turbines generate renewable energy for 25,000 households in remote areas.
→ Bio-Char Stoves: Uses agricultural waste to create bio-char enhancing fuel efficiency and soil fertility.
→ DIY Water Filtration Systems: Affordable units using sand, charcoal and local materials providing clean water to 70,000 households.
Recent Innovations in Rural Agriculture

→ Soil Health Card (SHC): Assesses soil fertility to guide the balanced use of fertilizers reducing chemical misuse and enhancing
soil health.
→ Sensor-Based Soil Moisture Meter and Leaf Colour Chart (LCC): Provide insights into crop nutritional needs and soil moisture
levels at various growth stages.
→ Pusa Decomposer: Accelerates the decomposition of paddy residues promoting environmental sustainability by reducing crop
residue burning.
→ Meghdoot and Damini Apps: Developed by the Ministry of Earth Sciences these apps offer advanced tools and information to
support agricultural practices.
Significance of Rural Innovations in India

→ Boosting Agricultural Productivity: Innovations in rural India are enhancing agricultural output which is vital for the rural
economy. For example Soil Health Cards and drones for precise fertilizer and pesticide application are improving crop yields.
→ Empowering Rural Communities: Jugaad innovations enable rural populations to devise practical, low-cost solutions suited
to their needs. Farmers are creating affordable tools such as seed planters from bicycle parts and irrigation systems using
discarded PVC pipes.
→ Driving Rural Economic Growth: Entrepreneurship fueled by innovation is crucial for rural development. The emergence of
agri-tech startups and rural enterprises is generating jobs and driving economic progress.
→ Enhancing Financial Inclusion: Mobile banking and fintech solutions like the Unified Payments Interface (UPI) are transforming
financial access allowing the unbanked population to engage in savings, investments and entrepreneurial ventures.
→ Advancing Quality Education: Innovations in education, including digital classrooms and online learning platforms are
improving access to quality education in rural areas.
→ Improving Healthcare Delivery: Rural healthcare is advancing through innovative methods such as telemedicine and mobile
health clinics bringing essential services to remote regions.
→ Expanding Energy Access: Solar lanterns, home lighting systems and mini-grids are providing reliable & affordable electricity
to villages decreasing reliance on traditional energy sources.
Government Initiatives for Promoting Rural Innovation in India

→ Rural Technology Action Group (RuTAG): Established by the Principal Scientific Advisory Council (PSA) in 2003 it is a key initiative designed
to foster rural innovation. The RuTAG centers identify specific needs within rural communities and provide tailored innovative solutions.
→ Startup India and MUDRA Loans: The Startup India program and the MUDRA loan scheme offer crucial financial support and infrastructure
to empower rural entrepreneurs helping them to establish and grow their ventures.
→ National Innovation Foundation (NIF) India: NIF India promotes grassroots innovation by identifying, supporting and scaling up rural
innovations aiming to improve livelihoods and drive sustainable development nationwide.
→ National Agricultural Research and Education System (NARES): NARES including the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and
State Agricultural Universities (SAUs) plays a pivotal role in advancing agricultural innovations in rural areas.
Challenges Faced by Rural Innovations in India

→ Limited Financial Access for Rural Startups due to limited banking services and a reluctance from financial institutions to lend.
In the past nine years urban startups in cities like Bangalore, Delhi and Mumbai have received 92% of startup funding while
rural ventures are often neglected by Venture Capitalists and Angel Investors.
→ Lack of Support Infrastructure: The growth of innovative rural startups is hindered by a lack of mentorship, networking
opportunities and incubation centers which are essential for nurturing and scaling new ideas.
→ Challenges in Securing Early Adopters: Rural startups face difficulties in reaching early adopters due to limited communication
channels, lower income levels and minimal digital penetration in rural areas.
→ Inadequate Training for Agricultural Innovations: Approximately 90% of agricultural workers in India lack formal training for
using advanced agricultural technologies such as drones, which impedes the adoption of innovative practices.
→ Rural-Urban Digital Divide: The internet access gap—24% in rural areas vs 66% in cities (according to National Sample Survey
Office-NSSO data) along with slower connectivity limits rural innovation and development due to lower connectivity.
Pathways for Advancing Rural Innovation

→ Integration of Stakeholder Efforts: A collaborative approach involving innovative technologies, government initiatives and
community engagement is crucial for comprehensive rural development. This integration will help tackle existing challenges in
rural areas and create new avenues for growth and prosperity.
→ Bridging the Rural-Urban Digital Divide: Expanding initiatives like Prime Minister Wi-Fi Access Network Interface (PM WANI)
which provides broadband via public Wi-Fi hotspots can help bridge the internet access gap between rural and urban areas.
→ Strengthening Policy Frameworks: Developing targeted policies to support rural startups is essential. These policies should
address challenges related to infrastructure, access to finance, and skill development to foster a conducive environment for
innovation.
→ Enhancing Financial Support: Collaborative efforts among government agencies, NGOs and other stakeholders are needed to
provide financial resources and support for the development of innovative rural startups.
Conclusion
Enhancing innovation in rural India is vital for its development. By overcoming financial, support, and technological challenges
and encouraging stakeholder collaboration, rural areas can drive their own growth. Investing in innovative solutions will address
current issues, create new opportunities, and bridge the rural-urban divide, enabling rural populations to play a significant role in
India’s journey towards becoming a global economic powerhouse.
Source: Kurukshetra Magazine
48
Sustainable Employment
Context
Despite its rapid economic growth India faces a significant challenge in providing sustainable employment opportunities for its
vast population.
What is Meant by Sustainable Employment?

→ Sustainable employment means employees provide ongoing value to an organization and receive job security, fair wages and
good working conditions while also supporting their personal and professional growth.
→ Components of Sustainable Employment:
Promote Fairness on Wages and Technology:
Ensuring fair wages based on skills and contributions and integrating technology to improve job quality and productivity
without displacing workers.
Provide Flexibility and Protection:
Providing flexible work arrangements while ensuring adequate protection such as job security, protection and safe
working conditions for all employees.
Deliver on Health and Well-being:
Focusing on employees’ physical and mental health with benefits and support systems that enhance overall well-being.
Foster Employability and Learning Culture:
Fostering a culture of continuous learning and skill development to keep employees competitive and adaptable in the
job market.
Drive Diversity, Equity and Inclusion:
Fostering a diverse workforce with varied backgrounds and experiences and promoting equity and inclusion in workplace
practices to create a harmonious and productive workplace.
Environmental Sustainability:
Involves promoting green jobs and ensuring industries reduce their ecological impact while supporting a green economy.
Significance of Sustainable Employment

→ Economic Stability and Growth: Sustainable employment is key to long-term economic stability providing fair wages and job
security that support consumer spending and economic growth.
Example: Nordic countries have maintained high employment rates and social safety nets showing resilience during
economic downturns.
→ Social Equity and Inclusion: Reduces inequalities by ensuring fair opportunities and equal pay for all, including marginalized
groups.
→ Employee Well-being and Retention:
→ A sustainable workforce model retains talent by addressing key needs like work-life balance, career development and job
security.
Practices such as flexible hours and ongoing education boost job satisfaction and reduce turnover.
Example: SHRM research shows 64% of Indian workers would stay with employers offering a positive organizational culture.
→ Innovation and Productivity: Fosters a culture of continuous learning and adaptability, crucial for innovation.
Example: Infosys’s Digital Skills Training Program keeps its workforce skilled in emerging technologies maintaining a
competitive edge.
→ Environmental Impact: Jobs that are aligned with sustainable practices help preserve the environment ensuring that economic
activities do not deplete the natural resources needed for future employment and economic stability.
Challenges Associated with Sustainable Employment in India

→ High Informal Employment:About 82% of India’s workforce is in the informal sector with nearly 90% informally employed
leading to low wages, job insecurity and no social benefits.
For instance, gig workers often experience irregular wages and lack of job security, hindering economic stability and career growth.
→ Skill Gap and Training: Despite a large potential workforce many lack the skills needed by modern industries. For example,
Kerala with 30% of its labour force being graduates faces high unemployment due to skill mismatches.
India Skill Gap Report 2024: 51.25% of the assessed youths found to be employable with the required skills.
→ Workplace Burnout: A 2023 McKinsey Health Institute survey found that 59% of Indian employees experience burnout-
the highest globally with high severity among young workers and non-managers with 62% reporting significant workplace
exhaustion.
→ Limitations of Short-Duration Skill Programs: Often inadequate for long-term employment and decent wages. States like Odisha
despite promoting such programs face low per capita consumption due to weak educational and vocational infrastructure.
Policy Initiatives for Sustainable Mass Employment

→ Decentralised Community Action for Skilling: Begin from the grassroots level, involving local communities (Gram Sabhas, Basti
Samitis) in identifying and addressing skilling needs.
→ Convergence of Initiatives: Integrate education, health, skills, nutrition and employment initiatives at the local level, ensuring
community accountability and effective outcomes..
→ Vocational Education in Colleges: Introduce mandatory need-based vocational courses alongside traditional degree programs
in every college to enhance employability.
Resources should be provided to colleges for experimentation, as seen in some Mumbai colleges offering courses like tourist
guiding and counselling
→ Standardisation of Health Care Training: Standardise nursing and allied health-care professional courses to international
benchmarks to improve employability both in India and abroad.
→ Community Cadres of Care-Givers: Create community cadres to manage crèches enabling women to work without fear with
appropriate training and local government support.
Draw inspiration from models like the Community Resource Persons of the Rural Livelihood Mission.
→ Invest in ITIs and Polytechnics: Develop ITIs and polytechnics as skill development hubs for feeder schools with a focus on
States and districts lacking institutional vocational education structures.
→ Entrepreneurship in Schools: Introduce technology and enterprise subjects in upper primary and high schools to foster
innovation and business acumen from an early age.
→ Co-Sharing Apprenticeships: Implement a co-sharing model of apprenticeships between the government and industry to
ensure relevant skill development and job placement.
→ Streamline Capital Loans for Women-Led Enterprises: Address challenges in accessing working capital loans, using technology
and innovative credit solutions to scale women-led and first-generation enterprises.
→ Universal Skill Accreditation Programme: Start a universal skill accreditation program for institutions, with joint state and
industry sponsorship for candidates.
→ Utilise MGNREGA Funds: Use 70% of MGNREGA funds in 2,500 water-scarce and deprived blocks focusing on the poorest 20
families for livelihood security and productivity enhancement.
→ Scale Up Apprenticeships: Increase the scale of apprenticeships, focusing on skill acquisition and ensuring that employer
subsidies are tied to dignified wages upon successful completion.
Conclusion
A sustainable mass employment roadmap should emphasize community-driven skilling, initiative convergence, educational
reforms and state involvement in ensuring fair wages & quality public services. Integrating these efforts will enhance productivity,
human development and workers’ quality of life across India.
50
PYQ
Most of the unemployment in India is structural in nature. Examine the methodology adopted to compute unemployment in the country and
suggest improvements. (2023)
Sources: The Hindu- A Ground Plan For Sustainable Mass Employment, UNEP- GOAL 8: Decent work and economic growth, World Economic
Forum- How to build a sustainable workforce and improve job satisfaction.
Reaching $30 trillion Economy
Context
India achieved a 7%-plus GDP growth rate and is the fastest-growing large economy. The government envisions India becoming a
$30-trillion economy by 2047.
Potential For India’s Growth

→ Economic Growth for Poverty Alleviation: From
Independence till 1991, India’s poverty rate was
around 50%.
Post-liberalization (1991-2011), the poverty rate
fell to about 20%, pulling 35 crore people out of
poverty.
→ Working-Age Population: India has a working-age
population of 950 million, with only half currently
employed.
Harnessing this demographic could significantly
boost economic growth.
→ Export-Oriented Manufacturing: Low-skilled,
employment-intensive manufacturing with a focus on exports can emulate the success of South Korea, Taiwan, Japan, and
Vietnam.
These countries achieved double-digit growth between 1960-1990 through rapid export-oriented industrialization.
→ Leveraging Global Manufacturing Trends: India has the opportunity to attract global manufacturers through the China+1
strategy, reducing dependence on China.
Challenges to Achieving Developed Economy Status by 2047

→ Risk of the Middle-Income Trap (MIT): MIT is when a country struggles to advance to high-income status due to rising costs
and reduced competitiveness. India faces this risk and may find it hard to exceed a per capita income of USD 5,000-6,000 like
China & Brazil
→ Demographic Challenges of an Ageing Population: India’s population is set to peak at 1.64 billion by 2048 and decline to 1.45
billion by 2100 leading to challenges like higher healthcare costs, increased pension obligations and potential labor shortages.
→ Stagnation in the Agriculture Sector: Agriculture employs 46% of India’s workforce but contributes only 16.5% to GDP due to
ineffective land reforms, outdated practices, inadequate credit and climate variability.
→ Underdeveloped Manufacturing Sector: The manufacturing sector employing 11.4% of India’s workforce faces high input
costs and fluctuating demand. Its limited growth hampers India’s progress to a high-income economy.
→ Inefficiencies in Logistics: According to Economic Survey 2022-23 logistics costs in India are 14-18% of GDP well above the
global benchmark of 8%. Ranking 38th in the Logistics Performance Index 2023 these inefficiencies impact competitiveness
and economic growth.
→ Joblessness and Disguised Unemployment: Despite IT sector growth 46% of the labor force remains in agriculture contributing
only 18% to GDP. Unemployment rose to 9.2% in June 2024 from 7% in May 2024 according to Centre for Monitoring Indian
Economy
→ Labor Force Participation Challenges: Female labor force participation has risen to 37% in 2022-23 according to Periodic
Labour Force Survey but remains low compared to other growing economies
Steps taken by the Government:

→ Rise in CAPEX: Capital expenditure grew by 28.2% year-over-year in FY24, with a focus on infrastructure development and
enhancing private sector involvement.
→ Credit Growth: Scheduled Commercial Banks disbursed Rs 164.3 lakh crore in credit marking a 20.2% increase as of the end of
March 2024. Additionally the Gross Non-Performing Assets (GNPA) ratio fell to 2.8%, its lowest in 12 years.
→ Infrastructure Advancement: The Economic Survey 2023-24 reports that National Highway construction has increased from
11.7 km per day in FY14 to 34 km per day in FY24. The Gati Shakti scheme is also being implemented to streamline infrastructure
planning & execution and reduce logistics costs.
→ National Monetisation Pipeline (NMP): This plan aims to generate Rs 6 lakh crore by leasing central government assets in
sectors like roads, railways, power, oil and gas pipelines, telecom and civil aviation over four years (FY 2022-25).
→ Digital India Initiative: This initiative seeks to empower the nation, improve living standards, and promote transparency by
advancing digital infrastructure.
→ Promoting Sustainability and Climate Resilience: India is pursuing sustainable economic development through the Panchamrit
targets and initiatives such as the Solar Mission and the National Wind-Solar Hybrid Policy.
Way forward
→ Pursue Liberal Economic Policies: Focus on policies that support private sector growth and entrepreneurship.
→ Harnessing the Demographic Dividend: To leverage India’s working-age population the country should create low-skilled,
labor-intensive manufacturing jobs like electronics assembly and apparel similar to the export-oriented strategies of ‘Asian
Tigers’ such as South Korea and Vietnam.
→ Build Industrial Clusters: Develop clusters with plug-and-play infrastructure similar to China and Vietnam.
Address cost disabilities in power, logistics, financing and labour productivity.
→ Enhance Female Labor Force Participation: Implement policies to increase FLFPR to levels seen in other rapidly growing
economies. The IMF suggests that if India can align female labor force participation with that of men it could increase the
country’s GDP by 27%.
→ Avoid Protectionist Policies: Resist high import tariffs to prevent inefficiencies and maintain competitiveness in exports.
Example: Impact of tariffs on mobile phone manufacturing.
→ Minimum Government Maximum Governance: Reduce bureaucratic red tape and improve ease of doing business to encourage
private investment.
Source: The Hindu (7 August): Powering up to getto the $30-trillion economy point
Powering India’s Future-Clean Energy
Context
The Finance Minister announced policies in the 2024-25 Budget speech supporting India’s clean energy transition.
Factors Driving India’s Renewable Energy Transition

→ Energy Security and Independence: India relies on imports for over 80% of its oil, facing price and geopolitical risks.
Increasing renewable energy capacity will help reduce this dependence and cut fossil fuel imports.
→ Economic Competitiveness: Renewable energy, especially solar, has become cost-competitive with conventional sources
drawing significant investment.
E.g., Gujarat Urja Vikas Nigam’s 2020 auction achieved a record low tariff of ₹1.99/kWh.
→ Climate Change Commitments: At COP26 India pledged to cut carbon emissions by 1 billion tonnes by 2030 and reach net-zero
by 2070 necessitating a rapid shift to renewable energy (e.g. the target of 500 GW of energy from non-fossil fuels by 2030).
52
→ Job Creation Potential: The renewable energy sector offers substantial job opportunities.
E.g. CEEW-NRDC estimates India could create 3.4 million jobs by adding 238 GW of solar and 101 GW of wind capacity by
2030.
→ International Cooperation and Pressure: India’s leadership in the International Solar Alliance, Global Biofuel Alliance and
India-US Clean Energy Partnership facilitates knowledge sharing and technology transfer, increasing international focus on
achieving renewable energy goals.
→ Water Scarcity: Thermal power plants need large water resources, often scarce in some areas, while renewables provide a
more sustainable alternative.
E.g. Maharashtra’s focus on solar power is partly due to recurring droughts affecting thermal power.
→ Investor pressure on Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors is driving renewable energy adoption in India.
In 2021 India issued a record $6.11 billion in green bonds reflecting this shift towards sustainable investments.
Major Government Initiatives

Renewable Major Initiatives Features
Energy Sector
Solar National Solar Mission It aims to make India a global leader in solar energy by swiftly promoting solar
technology through supportive policies.
PM Kusum The scheme covers grid-connected renewable energy power plants (0.5 – 2 MW),
solar water pumps, and grid-connected agricultural pumps.
Production Linked Incentive Scheme It aims to build an ecosystem for manufacturing of high efficiency solar PV modules
under National Programme on High- in India
Efficiency Solar PV Modules
Grid Connected Rooftop Solar Aims to promote the grid-connected SPV rooftop and small SPV power generating
Scheme plants among the residential, community, institutional, industrial and commercial
establishments
PM Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana Aims to increase the share of solar rooftop capacity and empower residential
households to generate their own electricity.
Provides for a subsidy of 60% of the solar unit cost for systems up to 2kW capacity
and 40 percent of additional system cost for systems between 2 to 3kW capacity.
Wind National Offshore Wind Energy Provides guidelines for offshore wind farms within territorial waters extending 12
Policy nautical miles off India’s coast.
National Wind-Solar Hybrid Policy Aims to promote extensive grid-connected wind-solar PV hybrid systems to
efficiently use transmission infrastructure and land.
Bioenergy National Bioenergy Programme It supports setting up of Bioenergy projects in the country under Waste to Energy
programme, Biomass Programme and Biogas programme.
National Policy on Biofuels Permits using surplus food grains for ethanol production for petrol blending, subject
to National Biofuel Coordination Committee approval.
Hydrogen National Green Hydrogen Mission Aims to establish India as the global leader in green hydrogen production, use and
export, advancing its goal of self-reliance through clean energy.
Achievements in the Energy Sector

→ Electrification: The Saubhagya Scheme achieved near-universal electrification, with approximately 97% of households
electrified by 2020, according to the Council on Energy, Environment, and Water (CEEW).
→ Discom efficiency: India Achieved a 40% reduction in aggregate losses of power distribution companies (discoms), hitting a low
of about 15% in 2022-23.
→ Expansion of Renewable Energy: India has experienced a five-fold increase in installed renewable energy (RE) capacity, making
it the fourth-largest globally in terms of RE Capacity.
→ RE Capacity: As of July 2024, renewable energy sources including large hydropower have a combined installed capacity of
197.20 GW.
→ Growth in Solar power: The country’s solar capacity has grown 30-fold in the last 9 years to 87.2 GW.
→ Growth in Wind Power: According to the Global Wind Energy Council (GWEC) Global Wind Report 2024, India ranks fourth
globally in total wind installations, with 45 GW of installed onshore wind capacity as of January 2024.
The National Electricity Plan projects that India’s installed wind capacity will likely reach approximately 73 GW by 2026-2027
and 122 GW by 2031-2032.
Challenges in Transitioning to Clean Energy

→ Rapid Growth in Electricity Demand: The annual electricity demand has been growing by 7-9% every year since the COVID-19
pandemic, with peak demand rising even faster.
The Central Electricity Authority of India estimates India’s power requirement to grow to 817 GW by 2030.
→ Climate Change-Induced Weather Extremes: These events cause unplanned power surges and frequent outages, disrupting
the stability of the power supply.
→ Balancing Renewable Integration and Power Supply: Despite significant efforts to expand renewable energy capacity,
renewables currently account for only 30% of India’s total power generation mix.
→ Dependence on Coal: India remains heavily dependent on coal, with over 210 GW of coal capacity generating approximately
80% of power during non-solar hours in FY24.
→ Reliance on import of critical minerals: India is heavily dependent on the import of raw materials and components for clean
energy development.
In FY 2023-24, India incurred Rs 430 crore in procuring solar panels, an exponential increase of 361 per cent (Rs 94.3 crore)
when compared to FY 2022-23
Suggested Measures for Enhancing Energy Security

→ Renewable Energy Special Economic Zones (RE-SEZs): Creating dedicated zones with streamlined regulations and incentives
for renewable energy (RE) manufacturing and R&D can speed up India’s transition.
→ Institutional Action: The government should revamp energy decision-making by forming a unified Ministry of Energy to
consolidate petroleum, coal, renewables and power.
Additionally establish a “Department of Energy Resources, Security and Sustainability” within the PMO to address structural
gaps and create a unified energy policy to boost India’s global competitiveness.
→ Increase investment in R&D: India should enhance the budget for the Renewable Energy Research and Technology Development
Programme (RE-RTD), currently set at ₹228 crore for 2021-22 to 2025-26, as recommended by the Anil Kakodkar Committee.
→ Improving Energy Availability and Market Dynamics: India needs innovation in bid designs to attract RE developers to sell
power in the exchange, besides setting up capacities for long-term contracts.
→ Faster Deployment of Diverse Clean energy resources: Tapping into renewable energy potential across more states, improving
grid connectivity, and ensuring access to suitable, conflict-free land for timely project commissioning are essential.
Further, diversifying from solar energy to other clean technologies will help India meet its growing and evolving energy
demands.
→ Effective maintenance and utilization of the coal fleet: State regulators must revise the norms to enable timely upkeep of the
coal fleet and compensate for investments to make select coal plants flexible.
→ Policy for pumped hydro storage: Developing a policy on Pumped Hydro Storage is essential, as it will help meet energy
storage obligations and address the growing need for reliable energy storage solutions to support India’s clean energy targets.
PYQ
Q. Access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy is the sine qua non to achieve Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
Comment on the progress made in India in this regard. (2018)
Sources: The Hindu- Powering India’s future, InvestIndia- Renewable Energy, FinancialExpress- A blueprint for RE ambitions
54
Railway Safety in India
Context
Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw recently stated that track failure, a prime reason for rail accidents, had been addressed.
More in News
Recent Statistics Related to Safety and Technology Enhancements
→ Ultrasonic Tests: Over the past 10 years, 26,52,000 ultrasonic flaw detection tests were conducted.
→ Reduction in Rail Fractures: From around 2,500 fractures in 2013-14 to 324 in 2024 marking an 85% reduction.
→ Automatic Train Protection (ATP) Mechanism:
Development: Initiated in 2014, with KAVACH undergone its first trials in 2016 and receiving the SIL-4 certification in 2019.
Project Expansion: In 2022, a 3,000-km project was started for the system’s implementation, and in 2024, version 4.0 of
KAVACH was approved.
Manufacturers and Training: There are currently three manufacturers of KAVACH, with two more being added.
Additionally, 8,000 engineers have been trained, providing the necessary human resources to roll out KAVACH on a large
scale.
→ Infrastructure and Technology Improvements
Amrit Bharat Trains: 50 Amrit Bharat trains will be added to the production line.
Vande Metro Train: A new train designed for a range of 150-200 km is being tested.
Station Upgrades: Electronic interlocking has been implemented to control stations.
Expansion: From 837 stations with this technology between 2004 and 2014 to 2,964 stations from 2014 to 2024.
Major Safety Related Issues in Railways

→ Poor infrastructure maintenance and ageing assets contribute to frequent accidents, derailments, and collisions.
Example: 2023 Balasore Train collision.
→ The average speeds of mail and express trains remain considerably low at 50-51 kmph. It shows short improvements in the
promise under “Mission Raftar.”
This slow pace makes rail travel less attractive for time-sensitive journeys and increases vulnerability to the risks associated
with prolonged journeys.
→ Slow Adoption of emerging technologies affects Indian Railway’s efficiency, safety, and customer experience.
Example: The deployment of the Kavach System has been sluggish.
→ Technical issues such as the electronic interlocking error in the Balasore train crash presents significant safety challenges.
These glitches can lead to signalling errors, track misalignments, and other critical hazards.
→ Decline in funding for track renewal, the diversion of funds to non-priority tasks, and limitations in the Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha
Kosh hinder efforts to address safety concerns effectively.
→ Severe congestion particularly on major trunk routes, leading to overcrowded trains and increased risks.
The high volume of passengers and limited capacity can compromise safety protocols and complicate passenger
management during emergencies.
→ Human errors such as incorrect setting of points, mistakes during shunting operations, and overspeeding, significantly
contribute to train accidents.
Facts
→ The Darjeeling Himalayan Railway and the Nilgiri Mountain Railway have been recognized as UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
→ Network: The Indian Railways consists of a total track length of 126,366 km with 7,335 stations.
→ Passengers and Freight: It carries 23 million passengers and 3 million tonnes of freight per day.
→ Revenue: The Indian Railways completed total revenue of Rs. 2.40 lakh crore (US$ 28.75 billion) by the end of FY24.
→ The Railways aims at achieving Net Zero carbon emissions by 2030.
Facts
→ To reach this goal it estimates requiring 30,000 MW of renewable energy capacity by 2029-30.
→ 100% FDI allowed in railway infrastructure under the automatic route.
Government Initiatives to Address the Indian Railway Safety Concerns

→ Kavach system: KAVACH is an indigenously developed Automatic Train Protection (ATP) System for Indian Railways.
→ Project Mission Raftar: It is introduced in the Railway Budget of 2016-17.
The goal is to double the average speed of freight trains and increase passenger train speed by 50%.
Focusing on speed also indirectly boosts safety by cutting travel time and reducing risks linked to prolonged journeys.
→ Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh (RRSK): Non lapsable dedicated safety fund set up in 2017-18 to carry out safety-related work
in a systematic manner.
→ Mission Zero Accident:
Eliminate all unmanned level crossings on Broad Gauge within 3-4 years to reduce accident-related fatalities and enhance
network throughput.
Equip 100% of the High-Density Network with Train Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) within 3 years to prevent head-on
collisions and increase average sectional speeds, improving overall throughput.
→ Upgradation of infrastructure: This includes the electrification of railway lines, the expansion of rail networks and the
introduction of high-speed and ultra-high-speed lines such as the Vande Bharat Express.
Indian Railways has electrified 95 per cent of its expansive 68,000-kilometre track network making it the largest green
railway system in the world
→ Elimination of manned level crossings: There were 9,000 unmanned railway crossings in 2019 that have been addressed
through the construction of rail overbridges, gates and underpasses.
Recommendations by Various Committees To Enhance Railway Safety

Committee Recommendation
Kakodkar → Establish a statutory Railway Safety Authority.
Committee (2012) → Create a non-lapsable Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh (RRSK) with a fund of Rs.1 lakh crore.
→ Adopt advanced technologies for track maintenance and inspection.
→ Enhance human resource development and management. Ensure independent investigations for accidents.
Bibek Debroy → Separate the railway budget from the general budget.
Committee (2014) → Outsource non-core activities to increase efficiency.
→ Establish the Railway Infrastructure Authority of India.
Vinod Rai → Set up an independent Railway Safety Authority with statutory powers.
Committee (2015) → Form a Railway Accident Investigation Board to conduct impartial inquiries.
→ Establish a separate Railway Infrastructure Company to own and maintain railway assets.
→ Implement a performance-linked incentive scheme for railway employees.
Way Forward
→ Faster implementation of advanced safety technologies like the Kavach system.
→ Adopt artificial intelligence and necessary track and equipment upgrades to reduce accidents and human errors.
→ Ensure comprehensive and timely investigations into train accidents to identify root causes and assign accountability.
→ Proper utilisation of funds from initiatives like the Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh (RRSK) should be prioritised to address safety
concerns effectively.
→ Address staffing shortages in safety-critical positions and provide comprehensive training programs for staff involved in train
operations.
→ Foster a culture of safety by encouraging the reporting of safety concerns, promoting safety awareness and education among
staff and passengers and instilling a sense of responsibility for safety across all aspects of railway operations.
56
→ Create a dedicated regulatory body to oversee safety standards especially with the increasing involvement of private operators
and the development of new high-speed corridors.
Sources: The Hindu (2 August): Railways will soon add 2,500 general coaches, says Minister, Indian Express (19 June): To get back on track
PPP- Build Operate Transfer
Context
The Union government has approved 8 national high-speed corridor projects at a cost of Rs 50,655 crore.
More in News
→ This initiative is expected to generate 4.42 crore man-days of direct and indirect employment.
→ 4 of the 8 highways will be executed under the Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) model.
→ The other 4 highways include three Hybrid Annuity Model (HAM) projects and one Engineering, Procurement, and Construction
(EPC) project.
About Public-Private Partnership Model (PPP)

→ PPPs are collaborations between government and private sector entities for the provision of public assets and services enabling
large-scale projects such as roads, bridges or hospitals to be completed with private funding.
→ In PPPs private sector entities undertake investments for a specified period.
→ Advantages:
Efficiency: Combines private sector efficiency and innovation with public sector accountability and social objectives.
Expertise: Leverages private sector expertise in areas such as technology and project management.
Economic Benefits: It can stimulate economic growth by creating jobs and improving infrastructure.
Models of Public-Private Partnership (PPP) in Highway Development
Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT)
→ Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) Annuity Model

The developer builds the highway, operates it for a specified
duration, and then transfers it back to the government.
The government begins payments to the developer after the
project starts commercial operations, with payments made
every six months.
→ Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) Toll Model
The developer constructs the road and recovers the investment
through toll collection over a period of up to 30 years.
There is no government payment to the developer; the
developer earns revenue solely from tolls.
Engineering, Procurement, and Construction (EPC) Model

→ The government bears the entire cost of the project.
→ The government invites bids for engineering expertise from private players, while it procures raw materials and covers
construction costs.
→ The model imposes a high financial burden on the government due to full cost responsibility.
Hybrid Annuity Model (HAM)

→ HAM combines elements of the BOT Annuity and EPC models.
→ The government contributes 40% of the project cost over the first five years through annual payments.
→ The remaining 60% is paid based on the assets created and the performance of the developer, with the initial 40% paid in five
equal installments and the rest as variable annuity amounts after project completion.
→ The developer must raise the remaining 60% of the project cost through equity or loans.
→ The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is responsible for revenue collection; the developer does not have toll rights.
→ HAM provides liquidity to the developer and shares financial risk with the government. The developer bears construction and
maintenance risks but only partly bears the financing risk.
→ HAM is intended for stalled projects where other models are not suitable.
What does Hybrid Annuity Means?

In financial terminology hybrid annuity means that payment is made in a fixed amount for a considerable period and then in a variable amount
in the remaining period.
Challenges in Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Models

→ Policy and Participation:
Lack of significant success in private participation despite policy measures.
58
Infrastructural gaps in almost all sectors, threatening sustained growth.

Limited success in railways, civil aviation, and social sectors.
→ Economic and Financial Constraints:
Weak regulatory and institutional frameworks.
Financing issues and delays in the issuance of clearances.
Inappropriate risk allocations and one-size-fits-all approaches to MCAs.
Increasing number of non-performing assets (NPAs) held by domestic lenders.
Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Services (IL&FS) crisis restricting funding options.
→ Regulatory and Institutional Issues:
Inadequate dispute resolution mechanisms.
Environmental issues delaying project implementation.
→ Funding and Investment Challenges: Limited options for domestic lenders and restricted international credit and financing
markets.
Need for innovative instruments and mechanisms to enhance foreign investments.
Way Forward for revitalising PPPs

→ Strengthening Lending Institutions: Enhance the capacities of institutions like India Infrastructure Finance Company,
infrastructure debt funds, and the International Finance Corporation (IFC).
Establish 3P India with a ₹5 billion (US$70 million) corpus to support PPPs.
→ Access to Long-Term Debt: Facilitate access to long-term debt from insurance, pension, and provident fund companies.
Expand bond markets and use credit enhancement measures through government guarantees.
→ Enhancing Foreign Investments: Develop innovative instruments and mechanisms to attract foreign capital inflows.
Offer equity in completed and successful infrastructure projects to long-term investors, including foreign institutional
investors.
→ Dispute Resolution: Establish the Infrastructure PPP Adjudicatory Tribunal as recommended by the Kelkar Committee for
faster dispute resolution.
Set up independent regulators in sectors lacking them and streamline the roles of existing regulators.
→ Model Concession Agreements (MCAs): Review and customise MCAs for each sector to ensure they represent the interests of
all stakeholders, including users, project proponents, concessionaires, lenders, and markets.
→ Legal Reforms: Amend the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, to distinguish genuine errors in decision-making from acts of
corruption, preventing witch-hunts against bureaucrats.
Other recommendations of Vijay Kelkar Committee Report on PPP Model

→ Service Delivery Focus: Emphasize contracts on service delivery rather than fiscal benefits.
→ Project Frameworks: Develop sector-specific frameworks and umbrella guidelines for managing stressed projects.
→ Transparency: Discourage unsolicited proposals to mitigate transparency issues.
→ Institutional Support: Create an institution to guide national PPP policy and encourage private investment. Implement a National
Facilitation Committee (NFC) for prompt issue resolution.
→ Financial Instruments: Allow the issuance of Zero Coupon Bonds for infrastructure projects.
Sources: The Indian Express- Govt’s big infra push: Nod to road projects worth Rs 50,655 crore, WallStreetMojo- Build Operate Transfer
Food Processing: Overview and Growing Demand in India
Introduction
India’s food processing sector is key to boosting economic growth, food security, and agricultural transformation for developed
nation status.
Factors Driving the Growth of the Food Processing Sector in India

→ Changing Lifestyles and Food Preferences: Increasing disposable income and rising health consciousness are driving demand
for safe, nutritious, processed, and packaged foods.
→ High Agricultural Output: India’s significant production levels include being the world’s largest producer of milk, pulses, and
jute, and the second-largest producer of essential crops such as rice, wheat, sugarcane, groundnut, vegetables, fruits, and
cotton.
→ Export Opportunities: Proximity to key export destinations and enhanced connectivity with the global economy boost export
potential for processed foods.
→ Proactive Government Policy and Assistance: Government interventions, such as the Mega Food Park Scheme, support and
promote growth in the food processing sector.
What is food processing?

Food processing involves converting raw agricultural products into consumable items, enhancing value and shelf life. Recognized as a ‘sunrise
sector’ under the ‘Make in India’ initiative, it includes:
→ Primary Products: Processed directly from raw materials, such as fruits and vegetables.
→ Secondary Products: Made from primary products, including items like jams, sauces, and butter.
Significance of the Food Processing Sector

→ Contribution to GDP: During the last 5 years ending 2021-22, FP sector has been growing at an Average Annual Growth Rate
(AAGR) of around 8.38%.
The GVA of the food processing sector increased by 55% from ₹1.34 lakh crore in 2014-15 to ₹2.08 lakh crore in 2021-22.
→ Employment Generation: The food processing sector employed 20.32 lakh workers in registered units according to Annual
Survey of Industries (12.22% of the organized sector)
It employed 51.11 lakh in unregistered units (14.18% of the unregistered manufacturing workforce) as of 2019-20, according
to NSSO.
→ Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and Market Size: The sector attracted $3.28 billion in FDI equity inflows from 2019-2022 and
ranks as the fifth-largest sector in India’s economy.
→ Balanced Regional Development: As a sunrise industry, the food processing industry consistently demands locally processed
food, promoting balanced regional development across the country.
→ Nutritional Improvement: Processed foods can be fortified with essential vitamins and minerals, enhancing nutritional value
and addressing public health challenges related to malnutrition.
→ Minimize Agricultural Produce Wastage & address Food Security by utilizing surplus produce and extending its shelf life. This
helps mitigate the effects of seasonal fluctuations on agricultural products and supports efforts to control inflation.
→ Increase in Farmer’s Income: According to the NSSO 2018-19 survey, farmers’ monthly income of ₹10,218 could rise with the
development of the food processing sector.
→ Export Potential: Efficient forward and backward linkages can improve India’s export capacity in global markets.
Processed food exports’ share in agri-exports rose from 13.7% in 2014-15 to 25.6% in 2022-23.
Distribution of Food Processing Industries in India

→ According to the Annual Survey of Industries 2018-19, there were 40,579 food processing factories in India.
→ The highest number of these factories were located in Andhra Pradesh (13.93%), followed by Tamil Nadu (12.28%), Telangana (9.61%),
Punjab (7.67%), and Maharashtra (6.88%).
Initiatives for Promoting Food Processing Sector In India

→ Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana (PMKSY): It focuses on creating modern infrastructure and efficient supply chains from
farm to retail to boost the food processing sector nationwide.
→ Pradhan Mantri Formalization of Food Processing Enterprises (PMFME): It aims to formalize the food processing sector by
enhancing the competitiveness of microenterprises and promoting the ‘One District, One Product’ approach.
60
→ Food Processing Fund (FPF): Established in NABARD, this fund provides affordable credit for setting up Designated Food Parks
(DFPs).
→ Warehouse Corpus Fund: This fund supports the creation of scientific warehouse capacity through financial assistance to state
governments, state-owned agencies and corporates.
→ Production Linked Incentive Scheme: Aims to generate employment for around 2.5 lakh people in the food processing sector.
→ Mega Food Park Scheme: Focuses on developing modern food processing units through a cluster strategy, providing cutting-
edge infrastructure in defined agri/horticultural zones.
Latest Food Processing Technologies

→ Valorization: It refers to the process of extracting and utilizing valuable components from food waste or by-products generated during food
processing. E.g., converting whey into protein supplements.
→ Irradiation: It is a food processing technique which involves exposing food products to controlled levels of ionizing radiation.
→ Extrusion: It forces raw materials through a die using heat, pressure, and shear. It is used in producing various foods like cereals, snacks,
and meat analogues.
→ High Pressure Processing (HPP): It is a non-thermal technique using 400-600 MPa of pressure to inactivate microorganisms without heat,
preserving food’s nutrition and sensory qualities.
→ Dielectric heating: It uses a high-frequency electric field to generate heat through molecular friction and is widely used in industrial drying,
curing, and cooking processes.
Challenges Faced by the Food Processing Sector in India

→ Low Gross Value Added (GVA) Contribution: Despite rising demand for processed and ready-to-eat foods, the sector’s
contribution to overall GVA was just 1.88% in 2020-21, compared to 17.86% for manufacturing and 16.26% for agriculture.
→ Skill and Technology Deficiencies: The sector struggles with a lack of skilled workforce and outdated technology, impacting
efficiency and product quality in many processing facilities.
→ Infrastructure Limitations: Inadequate cold storage, transportation and processing infrastructure lead to over 30% post-
harvest losses with annual losses estimated at nearly Rs 90,000 crore by NITI Aayog.
→ Unorganized and Informal Segments: Approximately 75% of the sector is unorganized, leading to inefficiencies and challenges
in production processes.
→ Supply Chain Inefficiencies: Fragmented and poorly coordinated supply chains result in delays, waste and subpar product
quality.
→ Regulatory Challenges: Strict sanitary and phytosanitary (SPS) measures in export markets such as the EU’s rejection of Indian
processed food exports hinder international trade.
E.g., EU rejected Indian peanuts and groundnut kernels due to high levels of aflatoxins
Way Forward for the Indian Food Processing Sector

→ Leverage Technology:
Adopt smart technologies like IoT, AI, robotics and automation to increase productivity, reduce waste and create smart
food processing hubs for better quality, traceability and efficiency across the supply chain.
Use Blockchain technology-Blockchain provides a single accessible record of food product information, including its origin
handling and cultivation.
E.g., Nestlé partnered with OpenSc to track milk from New Zealand farms to its factories in the Middle East.
→ Focus on key value chains like horticulture and animal products to position India a global leader in processed fruits, vegetables,
seafood, meat, dairy, poultry and eggs by 2047.
→ Improve Health and Safety Standards on food packaging and strengthen the regulatory framework governing food safety.
Agri- export policy 2018 supports exporters with sanitary and phytosanitary issues through APEDA and FSSAI.
→ Develop functional and ‘nutraceutical’ foods tailored to health needs such as nutrient-fortified products, probiotics and
bioactive compounds & address prevalent health concerns with innovative food solutions.
Nutritious food grains like Millets can be leveraged and integrated into the processed food products.
→ Implement Zero-Waste Processing techniques to maximize the use of raw materials.

Further, food waste can be converted into biofuels or by-products like bio-plastics and animal feed to minimize environmental
impact.
→ Establish Community-Based Processing Centers in rural areas to support local farmers, which will help reduce post-harvest
losses, create rural employment and improve local economies.
Ashok Dalwai Committee:

Relevant recommendations of the Committee for Food Processing Sector
→ One Market: Placing agricultural marketing under the Concurrent List could enhance the one-India market concept. Unlike cultivation,
which is location-bound, marketing needs to operate nationwide.
Key needs to include improved infrastructure, better price information, and regulatory reforms to prevent local monopolies from restricting
farmers’ sales.
→ Greater private sector participation in Agra-marketing and logistics.
→ Reforming regulations that force farmers to sell their produce to local monopolies.
→ Offer farmers Pledge finance- it refers to post-harvest loans secured against produce as collateral.
PYQs
Q. Elaborate the scope and significance of the food processing industry in India (2022)
Q. What are the challenges and opportunities of food processing sector in the country? How can income of the farmers be substantially
increased by encouraging food processing? (2020)
ENVIRONMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Dam Safety
Context
The failure of the 19th crest gate of the 71-year-old Tungabhadra dam triggered flood warnings for thousands in Karnataka and
Andhra Pradesh, initiating a discussion on dam failure and safety.
Status of Dams in India

According to Central Water Commission’s database of large dams-National Register of Large Dams (NRLD), 2019,
→ Total number of large dams in India is 5,745 out of which, 5,334 dams are completed, and 411 dams are under construction.
→ India has the largest number of dams in the world, after the USA and China.
→ There are 1,157 number of operational large dams in the country which are between 50 and 150 years old.
Causes of Dam Failure

Dam failure refers to the catastrophic or unexpected breach of a dam structure, resulting in the uncontrolled release of water
stored in the reservoir behind it. The major causes are:
→ Natural Causes:
Heavy rainfall leading to excessive inflow of water exceeds the dam’s capacity and can lead to dam failures.
E.g. Failure of Tiware dam in Ratnagiri, Maharashtra, 2019
Earthquakes cause ground shaking and damage to the dam structure.
E.g. Koyna Dam failure, 1967
Landslides impact the stability of the dam or block the flow of water causing failures.
→ Technical Causes
Foundation problems: Weak or unstable foundation soils beneath the dam that may settle, erode, or undergo changes in
water content, compromising the dam’s stability.
62
Seepage and internal erosion: Excessive seepage of water through the dam or its foundation, causes erosion of the materials
and potential weakening of the structure.
Over-topping: When water rises above the crest of the dam due to extreme inflow or inadequate spillway capacity, it results
in uncontrolled flow over the top of the dam.
→ Human Error and Negligence
Design and construction flaws: Poor design choices which do not adequately consider the site conditions, hydrological
factors, or potential risks may cause failures.
E.g. Failure of Karam dam in Madhya Pradesh, 2022
Ageing infrastructure: Lack of regular inspections, maintenance, and repairs lead to deterioration of the dam structure over
time. Further Inadequate monitoring of dam performance and failure to address identified issues promptly can cause dam
failures.
E.g. Failure of Pulichintala Irrigation Project on Krishna River, Andhra Pradesh, 2021
Operational failures: Improper operation of the dam, including inadequate release of water during periods of high inflow
or failure to adjust for changing conditions.
What makes Indian dams vulnerable to deterioration?

India’s dams are more vulnerable to deterioration because:
→ A large proportion of them are earthen – built by compacting successive layers of earth, and not concrete – and are hence more prone to
ageing.
→ The country gets concentrated rainfall every year for a designated time period as opposed to distributed rainfall, which contributes to the
dam’s vulnerability.
→ Siltation, which is the accumulation of silt and debris behind the reservoir, leads to a reduction in the storage capacity of the dams.
Impact of Dam Failures

→ Loss of Life and Injuries: Dam failures lead to loss of life, injuries and trauma due to sudden water release.
→ Infrastructure Damage: Failed dams severely damage downstream structures like buildings, roads and bridges.
→ Floods and Displacement: Dam failures cause downstream flooding, displacing people and impacting livelihoods.
→ Environmental Damage: The sudden release of water, sediment and debris disrupt the natural flow patterns of rivers and
streams, impacting aquatic life and vegetation.
It also contaminates water with pollutants affecting human and aquatic health.
→ Economic Costs: They result in financial losses from property damage, disrupted transport and costly recovery efforts.
→ Social and psychological impact: Dam failures have profound social and psychological effects on affected communities- trauma,
displacement, loss of community cohesion and long-term emotional distress.
Initiatives Taken in India for Dam Safety

→ Dam Safety Act 2021: The Act aims to ensure surveillance, inspection, operation and maintenance of the specified dam for
prevention of dam failure-related disasters.
Institutions under this Act: It establishes National Committee on Dam Safety (NCDS), National Dam Safety Authority (NDSA)
and State Dam Safety Organizations (SDSO)
National Committee → Headed by- Chairman of Central Water Commission (CWC)

on Dam Safety (NCDS) → Objective- To help evolve uniform dam safety policies, protocols and procedures
National Dam Safety → Headed by- Chairman
Authority (NDSA) → Function: To function as a regulating body for ensuring the nationwide implementation of dam safety policies
and standards, resolve disputes between SDSOs and dam owners
Dam safety unit and emergency action plan: Dam owners must establish a dam safety unit within each dam. Preparation
of emergency action plans, and regular risk assessment studies are also required.
Dam safety evaluation and expert panels: Dam owners must conduct comprehensive dam safety evaluations at specified
intervals, involving expert panels.
Offences and compliance: The act address two types of offences: obstruction of a person’s duties and non-compliance with
issued directions.Dam Safety Rehabilitation and Improvement Project (DRIP): Launched by CWC with World Bank support,
the scheme aims to rehabilitate distressed old dams for improved safety and efficiency. It focuses on 4 areas:
Rehabilitating dams for improved safety and performance
Strengthening dam safety institutions at state and central levels
Generating revenue for dam maintenance
Project management.
→ Dam Health and Rehabilitation Monitoring Application (DHARMA): Developed by CWC, it is a web tool to digitize all dam
related data effectively.
It helps to document authentic asset and safety & structural information pertaining to the large dams in the country,
enabling appropriate actions to ensure need-based rehabilitation.
→ National Centre for Earthquake Safety of Dam – Situated at the Malaviya National Institute of Technology (MNIT) in Jaipur, this
initiative by the Ministry of Jal Shakti aims to effectively implement the Dam Safety Act 2021.
CWC Guidelines on Hazard Classification of Dams

→ It is based on 4 major categories
� Class I- Capital value of the project
� Class II- Potential for loss of life
� Class III-Potential for property damage
� Class IV- Potential for environmental and cultural impact
→ Class IV is the most vulnerable and hazard-prone dam
64
Issues with Dam Safety in India

→ Inadequate Risk-Based Decision-Making: The Dam Safety Act (DSA) in India lacks a focus on risk-based decision-making,
leading to gaps in legislation and implementation that contribute to recurring disasters.
→ Compromised Transparency in National and State Bodies: National and state dam safety bodies dominated by government
employees and engineers lack independent voices, limiting objectivity and transparency essential for effective dam safety
management.
→ Inadequate Maintenance and Inspection: There is often a lack of consistent and thorough maintenance and inspection
routines, leading to unnoticed structural weaknesses and potential hazards.
→ Limited Public Access to Information: Crucial information about dam safety including reports, decisions and committee actions
is not readily available to the public.
→ Lack of Standardization in Dam Safety Evaluations: The Dam Safety Act’s effectiveness is undermined by inconsistent standards
in analysing and reporting dam failures, leading to varied interpretations and approaches.
Jurisdiction Over Dams: 7th Schedule of the Constitution places water and water storage fall under state jurisdiction. Consequently, the
responsibility for legislating dam safety rests with state governments.
Suggested Measures to Improve Dam Safety

→ Enhanced Maintenance and Inspection Routines: Mandate regular & thorough dam maintenance and inspections including
modern dam health monitoring technologies and early warning systems.
→ Establishing Standardized Protocols: Implement uniform standards for analysing and reporting dam failures to ensure
consistent evaluations & facilitating better understanding and management of risks.
→ Hazard, Vulnerability, Capacity & Risk Analysis (HVCRA): Incorporate risk-based decision-making in dam safety to prioritize
dams by risk level to ensure prompt attention to the most critical structures.
→ Climate Change Adaptation: Upgrading existing dams and designing new ones to cope with changing hydrological patterns due
to climate change is essential. This involves accommodating increased rainfall variability and flood events.
→ Promoting Transparency and Public Engagement: Safety reports, committee decisions and risk assessments should be public
and local communities should be involved in decision-making.
Best Practice: Australia

→ The safety of Australian dams is managed by a set of best practice national guidelines, with varying levels of legislated regulations
undertaken at the state level.
→ Various measures include implementing a risk-based approach for dam safety, following comprehensive guidelines for dam design,
construction, operation, and maintenance, conducting independent reviews, implementing robust monitoring systems, and developing
emergency response plans.
PYQ
Q. Dam failures are always catastrophic, especially on the downstream side, resulting in a colossal loss of life and property. Analyse the various
causes of dam failures. Give two examples of large dam failures. (2023)
Source: The Hindu- No immediate concern regarding Mullaperiyar dam’s structural safety, The Hindu- ‘Dam Burst effect’ caused Wayanad
Landslide, The Hindu -Constitute State Committee on Dam Safety, Annamalai tells T.N. govt
Industrial Accidents
Context
A recent reactor blast at Escientia Advanced Sciences in Andhra Pradesh caused a major fire, killing at least 17 workers. On the
same day, a fire at a nearby chemical factory in the same SEZ injured about 10 workers.
Major Industrial and Chemical Disasters in India

→ Bhopal Gas Tragedy: The gas leak from the pesticide plant of Union Carbide India Ltd in 1984 killed more than 3,700 people.
→ Jaipur Oil Depot Fire: Occurred at Indian Oil Corporation’s oil depot in Rajasthan in 2009 and resulted in 12 deaths and more
injuries.
→ Korba Chimney Collapse: An under-construction chimney for a thermal plant (under BALCO’s contract) in Chhattisgarh
collapsed in 2009 resulting in the death of 45 workers.
→ Mayapuri Radiological Incident: The incident occurred in 2010 at a scrapyard in Delhi’s Mayapuri when an unused research
irradiator was dismantled by workers.
→ LG Polymers, Visakhapatnam: In 2020, a styrene monomer leak at the LG Polymers plant killed 12 people after vaporized gas
escaped from a storage tank vent due to intense heat.
→ Dombivli Chemical Factory Blast: In 2024, A reactor exploded at Amudan Chemical Company, located in Phase 2 of Dombivli
MIDC area.
Concepts:
→ According to the 1948 Factories Act, an industrial accident is defined as a situation in which an employee is killed or suffers serious physical
harm, rendering them incapable of returning to work within 48 hours.
→ The extreme events that result from industrial accidents are known as industrial disasters.
→ Chemical disasters refer to incidents involving the release or exposure to hazardous substances that result in significant harm to human
health, the environment, or property
Contributing Factors to Industrial Mishaps

→ Inadequate Safety Protocols: Many factories prioritize production over safety, resulting in inadequate protocols, training,
protective gear and maintenance.
→ Faulty tools: Faulty, outdated and poorly maintained equipment especially for heavy machinery contribute to safety failures
and operational risks leading to accidents
E.g., Poor maintenance led to the Visakhapatnam gas leak.
→ Human Error: Accidents are often caused by negligence and fatigue among workers.
→ Unsafe Work Environments: Factors like congested spaces, cluttered floors, poor ventilation and handling of hazardous
materials increase accident risks.
→ Site Risks: Factories often face significant risks, including electrical fires, shocks, and short circuits caused by poorly insulated
wiring and overloaded circuits.
Chemical factories, in particular, encounter severe hazards from spills, leaks, and inhalation, compounded by inadequate
hazard assessments and safety protocols.
→ Natural disasters: Natural calamities such as earthquakes and floods have a detrimental impact, leading to accidents and the
release of hazardous substances.
E.g., 2011 Fukushima Nuclear Disaster, which occurred following a major earthquake and tsunami.
→ Lack of emergency response teams: The absence of dedicated emergency response teams during the transportation of
hazardous chemicals exacerbates the consequences of accidents and increases the likelihood of major disasters.
→ Hazardous waste management: Improper handling and disposal of hazardous waste in the chemical industry contribute to the
risk of fire, explosions, and toxic releases to the environment.
→ Institutional issues: Low inspection rates, especially for Hazardous factories, is a major loophole.
E.g., the inspection rate in Maharashtra is 23.89%, in Gujarat it is 19.81% which is way below National average of 26%
Consequences of Industrial Accidents

→ Loss of Life and Serious Injuries: Industrial accidents can lead to numerous fatalities and severe injuries.
In 2021, the Labour Ministry informed Parliament that at least 6,500 employees had died while working at factories, ports,
mines and construction sites in the preceding five years
→ Environmental Harm: Industrial accidents can severely damage the environment, polluting air, water, and soil.
E.g., In the Bhopal Gas Tragedy, the site contained chlorinated benzene compounds and organochlorine pesticides, which
were 561 times higher than the national standard.
66
→ Economic Impact: Financial impacts include repair costs, victim compensation and medical expenses.
According to the US EPA, chemical accidents can also reduce property values by 5-7%, affecting the local economy.
→ Psychological Effects: The trauma from industrial accidents can have enduring psychological effects on survivors, witnesses
and victims’ families, including anxiety, depression and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
→ Erosion of Public Trust: Repeated industrial accidents can erode public trust in regulatory bodies and industries, leading to
increased resistance to new projects and heightened public apprehension.
Measures to Prevent Industrial Disasters

India Initiatives
→ National Policy on Safety, Health, and Environment at Workplace (NPSHEW): Promotes a safety culture by integrating safety,
health, and environmental concerns into industrial decision-making.
→ Industrial Safety and Disaster Management Plans: The government requires industries to implement comprehensive safety
plans, including risk assessment, emergency response, evacuation, and training.
→ Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS): Sets and maintains safety standards for industrial equipment, material and processes.
→ Legislative Measures:
The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989: Mandates risk identification,
preventive measures and hazard reporting by industries.
The Occupational Safety, Health, and Working Conditions Code, 2020
Outlines the safety-related duties of both employers and employees.
Sets specific safety regulations tailored for various sectors.
Addresses aspects of worker health, working conditions, hours, and leave entitlements.
NDMA’s Guidelines on Prevention of Chemical Disasters (2007): The NDMA has suggested the following measures for prevention of chemical
disasters:
→ Need for a common Information Management System on hazardous chemicals, location/ mapping, processes, storage, handling,
decontamination, etc.
→ Public awareness, especially with regard to chemical hazards, needs more emphasis.
→ Every State should have at least one Poison Information Centre, to start with those states where hazardous industries (especially toxic) are
more agglomerated with populated areas.
→ International funding agencies such as UNEP, UNDP, WHO, etc. to be approached for assisting in developing programmes for international
training, study tours of the officers, etc.
→ Chemical Risk Assessment to be an integral part of the Environmental impact assessment and land-use planning, and detailed geo-
sensitivity-based site risk assessment to be given importance in clearance process.
→ District Crisis Group (DCS) should conduct at least one full scale mock drill for chemical accident every year and forwards a report with
strength and weakness of the plan to the State Crisis Group
Global Initiatives
→ Global Strategy on Occupational Safety and Health (2024-2030): The ILO’s plan focuses on improving workplace safety and
health globally, supporting its commitment to social justice and decent work.
→ UN Convention on the Transboundary Effects of Industrial Accidents (1992): It is a framework for international cooperation to
prevent and respond to industrial accidents, including information sharing, mutual assistance and emergency planning during
disaster.
→ Flexible Framework for Accident Prevention and Preparedness (CAPP) (2006): It provides adaptable guidance for countries,
particularly developing ones, to develop tailored chemical accident prevention and preparedness programs.
ILO Guidelines for Preventing Industrial Disasters

→ Hazardous Materials Identification: Create a list of hazardous chemicals and flammable gases with defined threshold quantities. Facilities
exceeding these amounts should be classified as “major hazard workplaces.”
ILO Guidelines for Preventing Industrial Disasters

→ Major Hazard Workplace Inventory: States should maintain detailed records of major hazard workplaces, including facility types, chemicals
used, and storage quantities.
→ Centralized Information System: Maintain a centralized computerized database for hazardous materials and major hazard workplaces to
facilitate access for regulators, emergency responders, and the public.
Suggested Measures to Prevent Industrial Accidents in India

→ Expand Inspection Coverage: Increase Inspector Positions & Implement Regular and Random Inspections to ensure compliance
and prevent complacency.
→ Enhance Compliance and Monitoring:
Adopt Digital Tracking Systems to monitor factory compliance and track inspection statuses in real-time.
Ensure Transparency by publishing inspection reports and compliance data online for public scrutiny.
Provide Comprehensive Inspector Training on safety standards, technologies and inspection methodologies.
Ensure inspectors have the necessary tools and resources for effective inspections.
→ Enforce Stricter Penalties:
Increase Penalties for Non-Compliance to safety regulations.
Hold Inspectors accountable, penalizing those involved in corruption or negligence.
→ Revise Legislative and Regulatory Framework:
Update Labour and Safety Laws to align with current industrial practices and technologies.
Align national regulations with ILO Labour Inspection Convention (081) for effective oversight.
Create a comprehensive national safety framework with clear agency roles, as recommended by the ILO.
→ Invest in Worker Safety and Training
Implement continuous safety training programs for workers including emergency response drills as recommended by
National Safety Council of India (NSCI)
Encourage the adoption of environmentally sound technologies (ESTs) to reduce hazards and improve waste management.
→ Encourage Safety Audits and Incentives
Support independent third-Party Safety Audits to obtain unbiased assessments of factory conditions.
Offer incentives like tax breaks or subsidies for factories that improve safety and follow best practices.
Sources: The Hindu: Death at work
Disaster Management Act, 2005
Context
Recently, the Union government introduced the Disaster Management (Amendment) Bill in the Lok Sabha
Disaster Management Act, 2005

→ Aim: To strengthen India’s disaster management capabilities, enhance preparedness, and respond effectively to various natural
and human-made disasters.
→ Key Provisions:
National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA): Establishes the NDMA as the apex body responsible for formulating
policies, plans, and guidelines for disaster management at the national level.
State Disaster Management Authorities (SDMAs): Mandates the formation of SDMAs in each state to coordinate disaster
management activities at the state level and implement national policies and guidelines within their respective states.
District Disaster Management Authorities (DDMAs): Requires the establishment of DDMAs in every district to ensure
effective disaster response and coordination at the local level.
68
National Disaster Response Force (NDRF): Provides for the creation of the NDRF, a specialized force responsible for disaster
response, rescue, and relief operations across the country.
National Institute of Disaster Management: Provides for the establishment of a National Institute of Disaster Management
for training and capacity building in the field of disaster management.
National Plan: Mandates the formulation of a national plan for disaster management, which serves as a comprehensive
framework for disaster management.
The NDMA is responsible for preparing and implementing the national plan.
Funding for Disaster Management Initiatives: Provides for the establishment of a National Disaster Response Fund,
National Disaster Mitigation Fund and State Disaster Response Funds to support projects and initiatives aimed at reducing
disaster risks and vulnerabilities.
Significance of the Disaster Management (DM) Act, 2005

→ Disaster Prevention and Mitigation: The institutional framework established by the DM Act has played a crucial role in saving
thousands of lives and facilitating relief, rescue, and rehabilitation efforts.
→ Creation of specialized Institutions: Key institutions established by the Act have contributed to disaster mitigation by advancing
research, providing training, raising awareness, and enhancing capacity-building efforts related to disaster management.
→ Focus on Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR): The Act highlights the significance of DRR by encouraging the integration of disaster
management into development planning.
→ E.g., the National Disaster Management Policy (2009) and the National Disaster Management Plan (2016) both emphasize
disaster risk reduction.
→ Financing Disaster Management Efforts: NDRF and SDRF established under the Act has helped to ensure the timely allocation
of financial resources for disaster response and relief operations.
→ Encouraging Community Participation: The Act underscores the significance of community involvement in disaster
management, and has enhanced the role of local authorities and community groups in disaster response and recovery efforts.
→ DM Act during COVID-19: The lockdown in May 2020 during COVID-19 pandemic was imposed under the 2005 Act and was
instrumental to tackle the pandemic.
Challenges with the Disaster Management Act 2005

→ Limited Financial Autonomy: The NDMA lacks direct administrative and financial control, relying heavily on the Home Ministry
for decisions→often cause delays and inefficiencies in disaster management.
→ Human Resource Shortages: Key positions including the vice-chairperson have been vacant for extended periods.
Further, lack of staffing undermines the NDMA’s effectiveness.
→ Coordination Difficulties: The complex coordination required between central and state agencies often involves multiple
bureaucratic layers, leading to delays in response and recovery efforts.
→ Inconsistent Local Implementation: Variability in resources and training at the district and state levels affects the effectiveness
of disaster management practices, leaving some areas inadequately prepared for disaster response.
→ Insufficient Focus on Man-made Hazards and Climate Change Risks: The Act has not adequately addressed the interconnected
and escalating nature of climate change-related and man-made disasters.
Key Provisions of The Disaster Management Amendment Bill 2024

→ Urban Disaster Management Authority (UDMA): The Bill proposes establishing an Urban Disaster Management Authority for
state capitals and large cities with Municipal Corporations, excluding Delhi and Chandigarh.
→ Expanded NDMA Responsibilities: The NDMA’s role is set to expand significantly including periodic assessments of all disaster
risks including emerging threats.
→ Disaster Database: It aims to create a comprehensive disaster database at both national and state levels which will include
disaster assessments, fund allocation details, preparedness and mitigation plans & risk registers as defined by the Central
government.
→ Decentralized Disaster Plans: The Bill empowers the NDMA and SDMA to develop disaster plans at the national and state
levels, respectively.
Previously, these plans were managed by the National Executive Committee and State Executive Committees.
→ Legal Status to bodies: Certain pre-existing organizations such as the National Crisis Management Committee and the High-
Level Committee will be granted statutory status.
→ State Disaster Response Force: The Bill seeks to require every state to establish and maintain an SDRF.
→ Section 60A: This section authorises the Central and State governments to direct individuals to take or avoid actions to mitigate
disaster impacts and impose penalties up to ₹10,000 for non-compliance.
→ Man-Made Disasters: The Bill clarifies that “man-made causes” in the disaster definition exclude law-and-order situations.
Therefore, events like riots causing loss, suffering or damage will not activate the law’s provisions.
Significance of the Key Amendments

Clarification of Roles: The proposed amendments can help streamline coordination by clearly defining the roles and
responsibilities of various authorities and committees involved in disaster management.
Strengthened Local Management: The proposed Urban Disaster Management Authorities can help empower local bodies,
ensuring that disaster management plans are tailored to regional needs and challenges.
Integration with Development Plans: The proposal of incorporating disaster management into broader development
plans, aligning with recommendations from the 15th Finance Commission, can help ensure that disaster risk reduction is
integrated into overall governance strategies.
Concerns related with the proposed amendments:

→ Constitutional Scrutiny: The Bill falls under Entry 23 of the Concurrent List in the Seventh Schedule which covers “social
security and social insurance, employment and unemployment” rather than “Disaster Management” which is not listed in the
Seventh Schedule.
→ Overlapping Authorities: The Bill introduces additional authorities, which could create confusion and bureaucratic delays that
might impede effective rescue and relief operations.
E.g., the Kerala Chief Minister and Home Minister have clashed over early warning systems related to the Wayanad tragedy
due to overlapping authorities.
→ Violation of State Jurisdiction: The Bill grants excessive rulemaking powers to the Central government through delegated
legislation, potentially infringing on the legislative powers reserved for States and overlapping with State jurisdiction.
70
Way Forward
→ Updating Key Definitions: Section 2 of the Act should be revised to explicitly define terms like ‘hazards,’ ‘prevention,’ and
‘mitigation,’ ensuring clarity and consistency across the Act.
→ Increasing Autonomy and Authority: Enhancing the NDMA’s efficiency requires granting it greater financial and administrative
powers. Elevating NDMA to a government department or ministry could significantly boost its effectiveness.
→ Include Disaster Management in Concurrent List: The Administrative Reforms Commission’s 3rd Report- “Crisis Management:
From Despair to Hope” suggested adding a new entry “Management of Disasters and Emergencies, natural or man-made” to
List III (Concurrent List) of the Seventh Schedule.
→ Capacity Building: This should include:
Developing a Comprehensive Training and Capacity-Building Program
Developing Human Resources to boost Operational Capacity
Building Local Capacity with regular training and adequate resource allocation
→ Advancing Disaster Management Research: Invest in research for disaster risk management, emphasizing cutting-edge
technologies like AI, remote sensing, and big data analytics.
→ Develop National Rapid Response Frameworks to ensure swift and coordinated action during crises, with a well-defined
command structure and effective resource allocation.
E.g., Adopt a 72-hour critical response plan inspired by Japan’s model to ensure prompt rescue operations and effective
coordination.
PYQ
Q Discuss the recent measures initiated in disaster management by the Government of India departing from the earlier reactive approach.
(2020)
Sources: Indian Express: Bill seeks to expand NDMA role, fails to strengthen its status, PRS India: The Disaster Management (Amendment) Bill,
2024.
Glacial Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF)
Context
The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) has finalized a list of 189 “high-risk” glacial lakes for mitigation measures
to reduce the risks emanating from them.
About Glacial Lakes

→ Glacial lakes are formed when glaciers erode the land and then melt, filling the depressions they create. They can form at the
foot of a glacier, or on, in, or under it.
→ ISRO categorizes glacial lakes into four types based on their formation process
Moraine-dammed (water dammed by moraine)
Ice-dammed (water dammed by ice)
Erosion (water dammed in depressions formed by erosion),
Other glacial lakes.
→ Significance:
Source of freshwater for rivers.
Indicators of climate change.
Provide valuable information about glacier dynamics
→ Examples of Glacial Lakes in India: Lhonak Lake (Lachen Valley of North Sikkim), Tso Moriri Lake (Changthang plateau of
Ladakh), Roopkund Lakes (Chamoli District, Uttarakhand), Gepang Gath (Himachal Pradesh)
About Glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs)

→ A GLOF is a type of flood occurring when water dammed by a glacier or a moraine is released suddenly.
→ Features of GLOF: A GLOF has three main features
Involves sudden (and sometimes cyclic) releases of water.
These are rapid events, lasting hours to days.
These result in large downstream river discharges, which often result in catastrophic flooding or disasters.
Factors Contributing to Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs)

→ Melting of Glaciers: As global temperatures rise, glaciers retreat, leading to the formation and expansion of glacial lakes.
E.g., Lakes like Imja Tsho in Nepal have significantly increased in size due to the melting of the Imja Glacier.
→ Thermal Expansion: Warmer temperatures cause thermal expansion of water, contributing to higher lake levels and increased
pressure on natural lake barriers such as moraines.
→ Avalanches and Earthquakes: Earthquakes, landslides or ice avalanches near glacial lakes can push large amounts of water,
causing the natural dams to burst and trigger a GLOF.
→ Extreme Weather Conditions: Heavy rainfall, severe storms, or sudden changes in temperature can weaken the stability of
glacial lakes, increasing the likelihood of a GLOF.
E.g., South Lhonak Lake, Sikkim GLOF in 2023 was triggered by heavy rainfall.
→ Volcanic Activity: In regions near volcanoes, volcanic activity can heat glaciers and cause them to melt faster, increasing the
risk of a GLOF.
E.g., The 1996 eruption of Grímsvötn in Iceland caused a jökulhlaup, or glacial flood.
→ Weak Moraine Embankments: Moraines, which often act as natural dams for glacial lakes, can be weak and prone to breaking,
causing GLOFs.
→ Infrastructure Development: in vulnerable regions can exacerbate the risk by destabilizing slopes and disrupting natural
drainage patterns, contributing to GLOFs
E.g., 2021 Chamoli GLOF, which was linked to multiple hydroelectric projects in the area.
→ Land Use Changes: Changes in land use, such as deforestation and agricultural expansion, alter natural drainage systems, thus
increasing the flow of water into glacial lakes.
Facts
According to a study published in 2023 Nature Communications,
→ The majority of the globally exposed population to GLOFs, amounting to 9.3 million (62%) are located in the region of high mountain Asia
(HMA).
→ India, Pakistan, Peru and China account for more than 50% globally exposed population.
→ In India, Jammu and Kashmir, Ladakh, Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Assam and Arunachal Pradesh are most vulnerable.
72
Impacts of Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs)

→ Loss of Life: GLOFs can lead to significant loss of life and injury.
E.g., GLOF in Sikkim, in October 2023 resulted in the deaths of nearly 100 people
→ Disruption of Livelihoods: GLOFs can disrupt the livelihoods of local communities for extended periods by limiting their access
to resources, markets, services, and opportunities.
Additionally, GLOFs can harm the tourism industry, which is a critical source of income in many mountainous regions.
→ Infrastructure Damage: GLOFs can damage or destroy property, including houses, bridges, roads and key infrastructure, such
as hydropower plants.
E.g., Sikkim GLOF in 2023 led to the collapse of the Teesta III hydroelectric dam
→ Environmental Impact: GLOFs can also significantly alter the landscape, erode soil, increase sediment in rivers, and negatively
impact water quality and availability.
Mitigating the Risks of Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs)

The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) released the Guidelines Management of Glacial Lake Outburst Floods
(GLOFs) in 2020. The key recommendations for mitigating the risk of GLOFs include:
→ Robust Hazard and Risk Mapping: Synthetic-Aperture Radar imagery can be used to automatically detect changes in water
bodies, including new lake formations, during monsoon months.
→ Structural Measures: like controlled breaching, pumping excess water, and building tunnels can reduce GLOF risks by lowering
lake water levels.
→ Resilient Infrastructure Development: Establishing uniform construction codes for infrastructure and land use in GLOF-prone
areas is vital.
These codes should account for geological and hydrological risks and incorporate mitigation measures into construction
projects to ensure safety.
→ Training First Responders: It is important to train local manpower alongside specialized forces like NDRF, ITBP, and the Army.
→ Awareness:
Short term public awareness strategies for GLOF risks include initiatives in the areas at risk, such as posters, wall paintings
and hoardings.
Medium term strategies involve main streaming of GLOF risks via traditional and online mass media.
In the long term, national awareness campaigns, a national data centre on GLOF with a related database and platform
should be envisaged.
→ Strengthening Early Warning Systems (EWS): It should include four key elements :i) Risk Knowledge; ii) Monitoring and
Warning Service; iii) Dissemination and Communication; and iv) Response Capability.
→ Capacity Development: a systematic database of past GLOF disasters and emergency situations should be developed to extract
best practices and lessons learnt from past event.
→ Regulation and Enforcement: a robust techno-legal regime should be developed to mitigate GLOF disaster risks.
Global Best Practice-Peru

→ In the Cordillera Blanca mountain range of the tropical Andes, Peru’s national glaciological office implemented structural measures to
mitigate GLOF risks at over 35 glacial lakes.
→ Techniques such as tunnelling, culverts, spillways, siphoning, and the construction of artificial and reinforced dams, along with artificial
drainage systems, were successfully employed to reduce the likelihood of GLOFs.
Sources: Indian Express- Glacial lake outburst flood kills 14 in Sikkim, The Hindu- NDMA to monitor 189 high-risk glacial lakes to prevent disasters,
Indian Express- The message from Sikkim: Heed the water’s warning.
Landslides: Causes, Impact and Prevention Strategies
Context
Catastrophic landslides triggered by heavy rainfall occurred in Kerala’s Wayanad district on July 30. It resulted in over 400 deaths.
About Landslides
Landslides are natural hazards characterised by the movement of rocks, debris, or earth down a slope. There are four major types
of landslides:
→ Falls: Rapid movements of rocks and boulders detached from steep slopes or cliffs.
→ Topple: forward rotation of a mass of debris or rock out of a slope.
→ Slides: downslope movement of material that occurs along a slip surface.
→ Flows: involve the movement of material down a slope in the form of a fluid.
Causes of Landslides
Natural Causes
→ Heavy Rain: The excess water saturates the soil, making it more susceptible to mass movement.
E.g.- heavy rainfall triggered landslides in Irshalwadi, Maharashtra, in July 2023
→ Earthquakes: Earthquake tremors can destabilize mountains, leading to rockfalls and landslides. For instance the Himalayan
region experiences earthquake induced landslides.
→ Volcanic explosions: These can trigger landslides in nearby mountainous areas.
→ Geological Weak Material: Regions with geological formations of soft rocks or loose soil are more prone to landslides due to
the inherent weakness of these materials.
E.g.- lateritic soil in Western Ghats has low cohesion, making slopes susceptible to slides during heavy rains.
Anthropogenic Causes
→ Deforestation: Removing vegetation from mountain slopes loosens soil, increasing vulnerability to erosion during rainfall.
→ Building of Roads: Road construction in hilly areas weakens slopes by altering natural angles and rock structures, increasing
landslide risk.
E.g.- number of landslides has increased significantly following the construction of Chandigarh–Shimla expressway and
Kiratpur-Manali project.
→ Unsustainable Agricultural activities: The clearing of land for agriculture disturbs the soil and weakens the stability of slopes.
E.g.- shifting agriculture in certain regions of North East India; Mono-crop tea estates near Meenmutti Waterfalls, Wayanad
→ Construction of Houses and Buildings: The rapid urbanization and population growth in mountainous areas often lead to the
construction of houses, hotels, and other buildings.
E.g.- The 2020 Idukki (Kerala) landslide was largely caused by heavy loading from buildings on unstable slopes without
sufficient protective measures.
→ Climate Change: Rise in extreme-weather events has increased the number of landslides.
E.g.- In July-August 2023, the Indian Himalayas experienced an unprecedented number of cloudbursts which triggered
thousands of devastating landslides
Impact of Landslides
Socio-Economic Impact
→ Loss of Lives: The most devastating consequence of a landslide is the tragic loss of human and animal lives.
E.g.- More than 400 people died due to Wayanad landslide, 66 people died in Pettimudi, Idukki (Kerala) in 2020.
74
→ Forced Displacement and Migration: Landslides compel people to evacuate and migrate, leading to social upheaval and
psychological distress among the affected populations.
E.g.- More than 6500 people were displaced due to the 2024 Wayanad landslides.
→ Infrastructure Damage: Houses, buildings, roads, and other infrastructure suffer extensive damage during landslides.
E.g.- the Kerala government estimates that the Wayanad landslides of 2024 caused a loss of around ₹1,200 crore to
infrastructure
→ Economic Losses: Landslides result in significant economic losses as funds are required for rebuilding infrastructure,
rehabilitating affected communities, and providing relief support.
It is estimated that economic loss due to landslides may amount to as much as 1% to 2% of the Gross National Product in
many developing countries.
→ Threat to Water Security: Debris can block rivers, creating natural dams that hinder water availability for nearby communities.
Environmental Impact
→ Diversion of River Channel: Landslides can obstruct or divert river channels, leading to flooding and altering the natural flow
of rivers.
E.g.- the 2013 landslides in Uttarakhand caused the Mandakini River to change its course
→ Habitat Destruction: Landslides can destroy large tracts of forests, leading to the loss of flora and fauna.
E.g.- landslides in Wayanad, Kerala have degraded 50 hectares of forest area.
→ Soil Erosion: Landslides strip away topsoil, leading to severe soil erosion, which reduces land fertility and disrupts agriculture.
→ Water Pollution: Landslides often deposit large amounts of debris into rivers and lakes, leading to water contamination and
disruption of aquatic ecosystems.
E.g.- The 2018 landslides in Kodagu, Karnataka caused massive debris to flow into the Cauvery River.
Landslides Vulnerability in India - Data

→ According to the Landslide Atlas of India, prepared by National Remote Sensing
Centre, ISRO - India is considered among the top four landslide-prone countries
globally.
� Excluding snow-covered regions, 12.6% of India’s geographical area (0.42 million
sq km) is prone to landslides.
� 66.5% of the landslides are reported from the North-western Himalayas, about
18.8% from the North-eastern Himalayas, and about 14.7% from the Western
Ghats.
→ According to the India Landslide Susceptibility Map (ILSM) by IIT Madras
� India accounts for 8% of global landslide fatalities.
� 13.17% of the country is susceptible to landslides, with 4.75% in the ‘very high
susceptibility’ category-Kerala is the most vulnerable state.
Landslide Prevention and Mitigation Measures in India

→ National Landslide Risk Management Strategies: The National Disaster Management (NDMA) Authority put forward National
Landslide Risk Management Strategies in 2019. The important components are as follows:
Generation of User-Friendly Landslide Hazard Maps
Development of Landslide Monitoring and Early Warning System.
Awareness Programmes
Capacity Building and Training of Stakeholders
Preparation of Mountain Zone Regulations & Policies
Stabilization and Mitigation of Landslides and Creation of Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV)
→ Landslide Risk Mitigation Scheme (LRMS): In 2019, NDMA launched the LRMS to provide financial and technical support to
landslide-prone states for site-specific landslide mitigation.
→ NDMA Guidelines on Management of landslides and snow avalanches, 2009: Key recommendations include:
Landslide Hazard, Vulnerability and Risk Assessment to identify and assess areas susceptible to landslides and the resources
at risk.
Promote the use of effective landslide mitigation technologies.
Focus on research, development, and early warning systems for landslides.
Establish systems for gathering, assessing, and sharing landslide information and technical data.
Train geoscientists, engineers, and planners for better landslide management.
Educate the public on the causes, impacts, and mitigation of landslide
→ Landslide Early Warning System (LEWS): Developed by the Geological Survey of India (GSI), as a part of LANDSLIP Project, the
LEWS predicts landslide likelihood based on rainfall data.
The system is currently active in Kalimpong and Darjeeling (West Bengal) and Nilgiris (Tamil Nadu). The government aims to
expand the system nationwide by 2030.
Challenges in Landslide Management in India

→ Absence of Mitigation Plans: Several landslide-prone states, including Kerala, lack comprehensive landslide mitigation plans.
Such plans are essential for understanding and predicting landslide paths once triggered.
→ Policy and Regulatory Deficiencies: Weak enforcement of land-use regulations and building codes contributes to increased
landslide risks and vulnerabilities. For instance, Gadgil and Kasturirangan committee recommendations on Western Ghats
have not yet been implemented.
→ Limited Public Awareness and Engagement: Insufficient public knowledge about landslide risks and preparedness undermines
community participation in disaster management efforts.
→ Challenges in Early Warning Systems: Landslide forecasting is complex, requiring extensive data and expertise. Each landslide
has unique characteristics, making predictions challenging. Remote and hilly terrains coupled with inadequate infrastructure
and technology hinder timely dissemination of alerts and information to at-risk communities.
CAG report noted that lack of adequate communication systems aggravated the issues during 2013 Uttarakhand landslides.
Suggested Measures to Strengthen Landslide Management in India

→ Multi-tier, dynamic and holistic short-, medium- and long-term landslide management plans should be prepared.
→ Updating NDMA guidelines to incorporate the latest research, technological advancements, and best practices in landslide
mitigation and response.
→ The implementation of developmental projects within areas susceptible to landslides should be carried out only after a proper
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process.
Further, when planning for tourism-related developmental activities, it’s important to consider the carrying capacity of
tourist sites.
→ Enhance Awareness and Communication through door-to-door campaigns, awareness programs involving local Gram
Panchayats and utilizing platforms like WhatsApp and social media
→ Accurate data on rainfall and historical landslides is essential for improving prediction accuracy.
→ Planting trees and restoring vegetation on slopes increases soil stability and reduces the risk of landslides.
→ Engineering solutions such as climate adaptive barrier layer, retaining walls, terracing, and proper drainage systems can
stabilize slopes.
76
Case study
Best Practice: Hong Kong
Hong Kong has developed a Slope Safety System which includes comprehensive enforcement of geotechnical standards, community
participation for slope safety, systems for early warning and emergency response, and comprehensive databases of landslide events and
implemented risk mitigation measures. Several studies show that the implementation of the Slope Safety System has reduced the annual
fatalities due to landslides by over 50 per cent since the late 1970s.
Mains PYQ
Disaster preparedness is the first step in any disaster management process. Explain how hazard zonation mapping will help in disaster
mitigation in the case of landslides. (2019)
Sources: Down to Earth, Wayanad landslides: Climate change, district’s decimation in the name of development reasons for monumental tragedy,
say experts, Explainer: What are landslides, and why do they occur?
Climate Agenda for India
Context
The Government needs to scale up its action against Climate Change to enhance its global climate leadership by taking it to the
next level with a ‘higher, wider, deeper’ plan.
India’s Strategic Leadership in Climate Change Cooperation

→ Setting Ambitious Targets: Under the Paris Agreement, India’s INDC targets have pushed developed countries to adopt more
rigorous climate goals.
E.g., India aims to reduce Emissions Intensity of its GDP by 45 percent by 2030, from 2005 level;
Further, India’s goal of net-zero emissions by 2070 is a major commitment signalling a long-term plan to cut greenhouse
gases and transition to a low-carbon economy
→ Establishing Global Institutions: India has launched significant international initiatives such as the International Solar Alliance
(ISA), Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure (CDRI) and the Global Biofuel Alliance (GBA), strengthening its position as a
global climate and sustainability leader.
→ Advocating Renewable Energy: India has emerged as a global leader in renewable energy, aiming to achieve 500 GW of
renewable energy capacity by 2030.
→ Pro-Climate Lifestyle Initiatives: India’s Mission LiFE, launched at COP26, promotes sustainable lifestyles by encouraging
community and individual actions to protect the environment.
→ Integrating Climate Change Mitigation into Domestic Policies: India has introduced various initiatives to reduce its carbon
footprint.
E.g., The Indian Carbon Credit Trading Scheme 2023 is a significant advancement in reducing emissions via market-based
mechanisms motivating businesses to adopt cleaner technologies.
→ Active Participation in COP Meetings: India has been instrumental in bridging the gap between developed and developing
nations in climate negotiations.
E.g., India supported the establishment of the Loss and Damage Fund (LDF) at COP28, aimed at addressing climate-induced
damages in vulnerable countries.
→ Advocacy for Climate Justice: India has consistently championed the principles of “Common but Differentiated Responsibilities”
(CBDR) and the “polluter pays” principle.
The Impact of India’s Climate Transformation:

→ Strengthened Global Leadership: By creating global institutions and setting ambitious climate targets, India has become a key
leader in international climate discussions, shaping policies and advocating for developing nations.
E.g., India’s role in establishing Global Green Credit Initiative (GGCI), Leadership Group for Industry Transition (LeadIT 2.0)
and Global River Cities Alliance (GRCA) at COP 28
→ Economic and Social Benefits: India’s sustainability efforts have created jobs, improved energy access & affordability and
enhanced resilience & living standards through renewable energy and development initiatives.
E.g., According to an estimate currently over 20% of the workforce is in Green Jobs which is expected to double by 2030
→ Increased Climate Resilience and Adaptation: India’s focus on disaster-resilient infrastructure and climate adaptation has
improved its capacity to manage climate impacts protecting vulnerable populations and supporting sustainable development.
Key Concerns in Climate change Actions

→ Opposition to Coal Phase-Out: India has opposed the phase-out of coal at CoP28 due to its economic dependence on coal for
energy and revenue.
→ Resistance to Methane Emission Cuts: India has rejected binding commitments to reduce methane emissions, citing concerns
about the impact on its agricultural sector and food security.
→ No Commitment to Loss and Damage Fund (LDF): India has not yet committed financially to the LDF, citing developmental
concerns as it transitions to becoming a major economy.
→ Refusal to Sign Key Pledges: India refrained from signing key pledges.
At COP 28 India kept out of the ‘Global Renewables and Energy Efficiency Pledge’ which aims to triple renewable energy
capacity due to concerns about pressure to phase out coal.
India also didn’t sign ‘Declaration on Climate and Health” at COP28, citing the lack of practicality in curbing greenhouse
gases use for cooling in the health sector
→ Against Mandatory emission reduction: India has opposed the imposition of mandatory emission reduction targets, which are
being pushed by developed nations.
→ Climate Action Tracker (CAT) overall rates India’s climate targets and action as “Highly insufficient”: due to India’s increased
reliance on fossil fuels, as coal and gas fired power plants operate at full capacity to meet rising electricity demand during
record-hot summers.
→ Over-Ambitious & unrealistic target setting: India fell short of its target to install 175 gigawatts of renewable energy to its
overall power production by 2022.
The current pace of renewable energy expansion is insufficient to achieve the 2030 target of 500 gigawatts.
A Five-Year Climate Plan for India

→ Go Higher: Enhancing Global Leadership
Global Leadership: India should boost its global role by hosting major climate summits, like the UN Conference of Parties in
2028 driving international influence.
78
Consensus Building: Work on agreeing to halt new oil and gas investments by 2030 and secure adaptation finance for
developing countries.
Diplomacy and Alliances: Pursue proactive diplomacy and form key alliances.
Equity Advocacy: India should prioritize equity in climate action and finance, advocating for fair treatment of developing
countries and better funding to bolster its leadership in the Global South.
→ Go Wider: Expanding Sectoral Emission Reduction Targets
Broaden Targets: Extend emission reduction targets beyond the power sector to include areas such as private mobility with
clear zero-carbon goals.
Broadening these targets will benefit both urban and rural areas, boosting job creation in clean energy and sustainability
while driving economic growth.
Upcoming NDC Opportunities: Past policy goals have successfully driven industry action, and the upcoming 2035 NDC
presents an opportunity to establish more ambitious energy transition targets.
→ Go Deeper: Strengthening Sub-National Climate Action
Prioritise Sub-National Action: Focus on sub-national climate action and resilience, supporting state-level net-zero plans
through initiatives like those by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW).
Centre-State Coordination: Establish a Centre-State coordination group and incentivize state-level climate actions through
mechanisms like the Sixteenth Finance Commission.
Scientific Integration: Integrate scientific modelling capabilities into policymaking and develop a unified data measurement,
reporting and verification (MRV) system for effective state-level actions.
Conclusion
As climate change negotiations shift from awareness to urgent action, ongoing debates about emission targets, financial
commitments and adaptation highlight the need for global collaboration. India’s key role in advocating for equity and sustainability
emphasizes the importance of inclusive solutions. Effective climate action requires legally binding agreements, transparent
monitoring and cohesive national policies.
PYQ
Climate Change is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India are affected by
climate change? (2017)
Source: The Hindu: The shape of a five-year climate agenda for India
INTERNAL SECURITY
Instability In India’s Neighbourhood Is A Concern, Says CDS
Context
At the Ammunition India conference organised by the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry the Chief of
Defence Staff (CDS) raised concern regarding the instability in our neighbourhood.
Impact of Instability in Neighbourhood on India

→ Security Concerns: Instability in neighbouring countries leads to heightened security concerns for India.
Examples: Violent protests and political unrest in Bangladesh have prompted India to issue a high alert along the India-
Bangladesh border.
The armed rebellion in Myanmar has resulted in an influx of refugees into India’s northeastern states straining local
resources and security.
→ Issue of drug smuggling: It is also destroying the social fabric of Indian society due Pakistan Myanmar vicinity and to India
being in the middle of the ‘Golden Crescent’ and ‘Golden triangle’.
→ Strategic Loss: Political instability in neighbouring countries can lead to the loss of strategic allies for India.
Examples: With Sheikh Hasina’s resignation India has lost a reliable ally who helped combat terror groups in the region.
→ Economic Impact: Instability in neighbouring countries can have economic repercussions for India through trade disruptions
and strained resources.
Example: Frequent government changes in Nepal can delay or alter the progress of bilateral projects like the Pancheshwar
Multipurpose Project affecting water resource management.
Kaladan Multi-Modal Transit Transport Project (India and Myanmar) has encountered numerous obstacles primarily
due to Myanmar’s political instability, ethnic armed groups and law and order issues.
→ Humanitarian and Refugee Issues: Political instability in neighbouring countries often leads to humanitarian crises including
refugee influxes which India must address.
Example: Rohingya crisis in Myanmar led to thousands of refugees seeking asylum in India, putting pressure on resources
and infrastructure.
Possible Implications of Recent Developments in Bangladesh

→ Disruption in India-Bangladesh Partnership: The ousting of the former PM has led to India losing a key ally that was supportive in
countering terrorism.
→ Increase in Migration and Displacement: Rising extremism in Bangladesh may drive more migrants to India straining resources especially
in border states.
→ Foreign Interference: External powers meddling in Bangladesh’s internal politics could pose security risks for India.
→ Economic and Investment Risks: India’s $8 billion investment in Bangladesh’s infrastructure including the Akhaura-Agartala rail link and the
Khulna-Mongla Port rail line is now at risk.
What is the Golden Crescent?
→ The Golden Crescent comprises Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan

→ The region is infamous for organised crime activities like the flow of illegal drugs, which aids other illicit activities.
→ India’s proximity to the golden crescent has made it vulnerable to the trafficking of drugs and narcotics.
Golden Triangle
→ The area where the borders of Thailand, Laos, and Myanmar meet at the confluence of the Ruak and Mekong rivers.
80
Facts
→ The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) estimates that 80 percent of the world’s opium and heroin supplies are trafficked
from Afghanistan.
→ Myanmar is the world’s second-largest illicit supplier of morphine and heroin.
Major Security Challenges Posed by Neighbouring Countries to India

→ Proxy War by Pakistan: Ongoing proxy war in Jammu and Kashmir particularly escalating in the south of Pir Panjal. Recent
increase in terror attack in the peaceful Jammu region such as Dodda terror attack is a cause of concern
→ Border Dispute with China: Prolonged and unresolved border dispute with troops in a standoff at certain friction points in
eastern Ladakh.
Pangong Tso Lake: A major flashpoint with Indian and Chinese troops stationed on its banks, where clashes occurred in
2020.
Galwan Valley: Site of a deadly June 2020 clash, marking a significant escalation in tensions.
Depsang Plains: Area of Chinese incursions raising concerns about the security of the Daulat Beg Oldi airstrip.
→ Neighbourhood Instability: Instability in neighbouring countries is a cause for concern.
Example: Sri Lanka: Chinese influence in unstable Sri Lanka which ceded Hambantota Port to China due to unpaid loans.
Instability in Afghanistan- risk of extremism and cross-border terrorism under Taliban rule
Myanmar: Instability heightens insurgency and refugee risks, with over 32,000 ethnic Chin in Mizoram and additional
refugees in Manipur causing ethnic conflict.
Way Forward
→ Adopt 5S as the Guiding Principle:
Samman (Respect) - India should enhance its ‘Neighbourhood First Doctrine’ by advocating for the concerns of its neighbors
in international forums.
Samvad (Dialogue) - Foster Track 2 diplomacy with Afghanistan and Myanmar. Utilize platforms like the Indo-Pacific Regional
Dialogue to engage stakeholders and address issues such as regional instability, climate change and piracy.
Sahyog (Cooperation) - Provide assistance to neighbors in times of crisis. For instance India offered over $4 billion to Sri
Lanka during its 2022 economic crisis and increased aid to the Maldives by 50% despite the ‘India Out’ campaign.
Also India should keep following a non-reciprocal Neighbourhood First Policy and continue steps like Vaccine Maitri, First
Responder during Disaster.
Shanti (Peace) - India’s approach to resolving disputes with neighbors is rooted in peace unlike China’s debt trap diplomacy
and coercion. This principled stance should be upheld.
Samriddhi (Prosperity) - South Asia’s intra-regional trade is only 5% of its total trade compared to 60% in Europe and 25%
in the ASEAN region. India should work to bridge this gap by steps such as timely completion of infrastructural projects.
Example Bangladesh Bhutan India Network, IMT Trilateral Higway, Kaladan multimodal Projects
→ Diplomatic Recalibration: Engage with new leadership while safeguarding strategic interests.
→ Security Measures: Strengthen border security and intelligence to address potential threats.
→ Multilateral Engagement: Utilize international support and regional institutions like BIMSTEC to sustain regional stability
→ Socio-Economic Assistance:
Humanitarian Aid: Offer support to ease humanitarian crises.
Economic Influence: Extending lines of credit.
Asylum Management: Strategically manage the temporary asylum of the former PM.
Source: The Hindu (9 August): Instability in India’s neighbourhood is a concern, says CDS
India’s Nuclear Doctrine
Context
India’s nuclear doctrine established after Pokhran II has been a pillar of nuclear stability. However there is debate on whether this
25-year-old doctrine remains effective against evolving threats.
Evolution of India’s Nuclear Policy and Nuclear Programmes since independence

Passive Phase:
→ Late 1940s: India’s nuclear program begins under Homi J. Bhabha.
→ 1945: Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) founded by Bhabha for fundamental science research.
→ 1948: Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) established to formulate and implement nuclear policy.
→ 1951: First uranium deposit discovered in Singhbhum Jharkhand.
→ 1954: Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) created to advance nuclear power technology and radiation applications.
→ 1957: Atomic Energy Establishment, Trombay (AEET) set up by Bhabha later renamed Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) in 1966.
→ 1963: USA-India accord signed for supplying enriched fuel to Tarapur nuclear power plant.
→ 1970: Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) comes into force promoting non-proliferation, disarmament and peaceful nuclear energy. India does
not sign citing discriminatory aspects.
→ 1974: Operation Smiling Buddha (Pokhran-1): India conducts its first successful nuclear test drawing international condemnation.
Active Phase
→ 1974: Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG) formed to control nuclear material exports and prevent proliferation. India is not a member.
→ 1987: Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL) established to generate electricity from nuclear power.
→ 1988: India and Pakistan sign an agreement to avoid attacks on each other’s nuclear facilities along with exchanging lists of nuclear
installations.
→ 1998: Operation Shakti (Pokhran-II): India conducts a series of nuclear tests in Pokhran Rajasthan drawing international condemnation.
→ 2003: Strategic Forces Command (SFC) created to safeguard Indian nuclear assets.
→ 2003: India’s Nuclear Doctrine and Nuclear Command Authority (NCA) established:
The NCA oversees India’s nuclear weapons command and operations while the nuclear doctrine provides guidelines on the development and
use of these weapons.
→ 2008: India-US Civil Nuclear Agreement (also called 123 Agreement) enables cooperation in civilian nuclear technology.
→ 2009: Launch of INS Arihant- India’s first nuclear-powered submarine.
→ 2016:
� Civil nuclear agreement with Japan focuses on safety and technology- India is the only non-NPT signatory involved.
� India completes its nuclear triad with the INS Arihant enhancing delivery capabilities via aircraft, missiles and submarines
Draft Doctrine
→ Pokhran II and the Draft Doctrine: Following India’s 1998 nuclear tests a draft nuclear doctrine was prepared by the National
Security Advisory Board (NSAB) in 1999.
→ Key Principles: The draft outlined a policy of nuclear deterrence emphasising:
Credible minimum deterrence: Building a nuclear force sufficient to deter an attack.
Retaliation-only policy: Nuclear weapons would be used only in response to a nuclear attack.
Political role: Acknowledging the political significance of nuclear weapons.
→ Operationalization: While the draft wasn’t officially adopted its principles were incorporated into the nuclear doctrine
operationalized in 2003.
India’s Nuclear Doctrine 2003:

→ No-first-use: India will only use nuclear weapons in retaliation not as a first strike in case of conflict
→ Deterrence: Designed to prevent nuclear attacks from others.
82
→ Minimum credible deterrence: India’s nuclear arsenal aims to maintain a minimum level of deterrence sufficient to prevent
other countries from launching nuclear attacks against it.
→ Retaliation only: Nuclear weapons are for retaliatory use only.
→ Last resort: India considers nuclear weapons a last resort to be used only when all other conflict resolution options have been
exhausted.
→ Non-use against non-nuclear states: No nuclear weapons will be used against non-nuclear weapon countries.
→ No use against civilians: India has committed to not using nuclear weapons against civilian populations or non-military targets.
→ Commitment to disarmament: India is Committed to the eventual global disarmament of nuclear weapons and actively
supports international initiatives aimed at reducing and eliminating nuclear arsenals.
Challenges to Existing Doctrine

→ The nuclear environment has evolved since the doctrine’s inception.
Pakistan’s Nuclear Posture: Pakistan’s aggressive nuclear rhetoric and threats of first use.
China’s Nuclear Expansion: China’s rapid growth in nuclear capabilities.
Combined Threat: The potential for Pakistan and China to collaborate against India.
Fact
→ According to a report by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), China surpasses India in the number of nuclear
warheads while Pakistan trails only slightly behind India
→ Technological Advances by Adversaries:

Highly Accurate Conventional Delivery Systems: Adversaries are developing more accurate conventional weapons that
could potentially target India’s nuclear forces.
Cyber Attack Capabilities: There is a growing capability to launch cyber attacks on nuclear command and control systems,
which could disrupt or neutralise India’s ability to retaliate.
Artificial Intelligence (AI): The use of AI to improve the accuracy and effectiveness of military operations could threaten
India’s retaliatory capabilities by making its nuclear forces more vulnerable to a first strike.
Improved Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR): Enhanced ISR capabilities of adversaries could lead to better
detection and targeting of India’s nuclear assets, increasing the risk of a preemptive strike.
Arguments For and Against Doctrine Revision
Maintaining the Current Doctrine

→ Credible minimum deterrence: India’s nuclear arsenal is growing steadily and is sufficient to deter aggression.
→ No first use: This policy promotes stability and reduces the risk of escalation.
→ Avoidance of arms race: A large-scale nuclear build-up is unnecessary and expensive.
Arguments for Revising the Doctrine

→ Need for a stronger deterrent: Some argue that India needs a more aggressive stance, including the option of first use, to
counter Pakistan and China.
→ Technological advancements: India must invest in improving the survivability of its nuclear forces and command and control
systems.
Way Forward
→ Transition from Active to Dissuasion-Based Deterrence: India should shift from ‘active deterrence’ to ‘Dissuasive Deterrence’
by enhancing border infrastructure and improving surveillance and warning capabilities among other things.
→ Opportunities for Joint Efforts Towards a Global No-First-Use (NFU) Nuclear Order: Both India and China haveNFU policies
presenting a chance for collaborative efforts toward establishing a global NFU nuclear framework.
→ Pursue Nuclear Disarmament & Strengthen Non-Proliferation: Pursue diplomatic disarmament efforts and strengthen global
non-proliferation to prevent nuclear weapon spread.
→ Expand Nuclear Energy: Develop nuclear energy to meet growing needs with stringent safety and anti-proliferation measures.
→ Promote Regional Security: Maintain deterrence while fostering dialogue and confidence-building measures with neighbouring
countries
Conclusion
India’s nuclear doctrine, rooted in credible minimum deterrence and a no-first-use policy, remains a cornerstone of its strategic
posture. Despite the changing global and regional security dynamics, the principles outlined in the draft doctrine have proven
enduring and relevant, providing stability in an increasingly volatile nuclear landscape.
Source: The Indian Express (20 August): Steady in the Storm
84
General Studies - Paper-IV

EUTHANASIA
Context
The Supreme Court recently refused to grant an aged couple’s plea to allow “passive euthanasia” for their 30-year-old son who
has been lying comatose at home for 11 years after a fall from the fourth floor of a building.
Background
What is Euthanasia?
Euthanasia is the practice of deliberately ending a person’s life to relieve them from an incurable condition or unbearable suffering.
Etymologically it means ‘Good Death’.
Types of Euthanasia
→ Active Euthanasia: This involves a physician intentionally ending a terminally ill
patient’s life, often by administering lethal drugs. It is illegal in India.
� Voluntary Euthanasia: Done at the patient’s request.
� Non-voluntary Euthanasia: Performed without the patient’s consent.
� Involuntary Euthanasia: Done when the patient cannot provide consent.
→ Passive Euthanasia: Involves stopping or withholding life-prolonging measures in
patients with terminal illness. It was legalised by the Supreme Court in 2018.
Arguments in favour of Euthanasia:

→ Autonomy and Personal Choice: Euthanasia upholds the right of individuals to decide about their own lives including ending
their suffering. It respects their autonomy by allowing a dignified death in cases of terminal illness or irreversible conditions.
→ Quality of Life: Ethical arguments for euthanasia emphasize considering a person’s quality of life. If someone endures constant
pain, loss of dignity or severe disability with no hope of recovery euthanasia can preserve dignity and end suffering.
→ Euthanasia honours patients’ informed choices to avoid prolonged suffering respecting their values and preferences for end-
of-life care.
→ Ethical Duty of Care: For healthcare providers euthanasia can be viewed as fulfilling their duty to alleviate suffering when no
curative or palliative options are effective.
→ Reduction of Burden on Families: Euthanasia can ease the emotional, financial and physical strain on families dealing with
prolonged suffering and caregiving.
→ Consistency with Palliative Care Goals: Euthanasia supports palliative care’s goal of alleviating suffering and enhancing quality
of life, serving as a further step when palliative care alone is insufficient.
Arguments against Euthanasia
→ Sanctity of Life: Many believe that intentionally ending life is morally wrong as the sanctity of life principle asserts that life
should be preserved and protected under all circumstances.
→ Potential for Abuse: Legalising euthanasia raises concerns about potential misuse especially for vulnerable groups like the
elderly or disabled who might face pressure to end their lives prematurely due to societal or familial expectations.
→ Slippery Slope Argument: Opponents argue that legalising euthanasia could lead to broader criteria over time resulting in its
use in ethically questionable situations.
→ Potential for Misdiagnosis: Misdiagnosis or incorrect prognosis in terminal illnesses could lead to premature euthanasia based
on inaccurate assessments of a patient’s condition.
→ Impact on Medical Ethics: Euthanasia may conflict with the medical profession’s role of healing and preserving life, challenging
its core ethical commitment.
→ Alternatives to Euthanasia: Opponents argue that there are viable alternatives to euthanasia such as improved palliative care
and pain management which can address suffering without ending life.
Supreme Court on Euthanasia:

→ Right to Die and Article 21 of the Indian Constitution: (Suicide and Euthanasia are conceptually different)
� P Rathinam v. Union of India (1994): The Supreme Court ruled that the right to die is part of the right to live declaring the erstwhile
Section 309 of the IPC (punishment for attempted suicide) unconstitutional.
� Gian Kaur v. State of Punjab (1996): The Supreme Court reversed its earlier stance, stating that the right to life does not include the
right to die thus reinstating the constitutionality of Section 309 and criminalizing attempted suicide again.
86
Supreme Court on Euthanasia:

→ Aruna Ramchandra Shanbaug v. Union of India (2011): The SC ruled that ‘passive euthanasia’ may be permitted under exceptional
circumstances.
→ Common Cause v. Union of India (2018)- the SC affirmed the right to die with dignity allowing terminally ill individuals to choose passive
euthanasia through a living ‘will’. The Court ruled that people can refuse life support if they fall into an incurable coma, recognizing this
right as part of Article 21 (Right to Life).
� Living Will- A living will, also known as an ‘advance directive’, is a legal document that outlines an individual’s preferences for medical care
if they become unable to communicate their wishes
→ Supreme Court Modified Guidelines on Euthanasia in 2023.
Way Forward
→ Legal Framework Development:
Establish Clear Guidelines: Create comprehensive legal frameworks to regulate euthanasia ensuring that it is conducted
under strict conditions and with appropriate safeguards.
Incorporate Ethical Standards: Align legal provisions with ethical considerations to ensure decisions are made with
compassion and respect for individual autonomy.
→ Medical and Ethical Expertise:
Consult Medical Professionals: Involve palliative care experts, ethicists and legal professionals in the development of
euthanasia policies to balance medical, ethical and legal perspectives.
Develop Best Practices: Establish guidelines and protocols based on best practices from jurisdictions where euthanasia is
legal adapting them to local contexts.
→ Public and Stakeholder Engagement:Foster Public Dialogue- Promote open discussions and debates involving the public,
patient advocacy groups, healthcare professionals and ethicists to address concerns and build consensus.
→ Education and Awareness:
Increase Awareness: Educate the public and healthcare professionals about euthanasia, its implications and the ethical
debates surrounding it.
Provide Training: Offer training for healthcare providers on how to handle end-of-life care and navigate the legal and ethical
complexities of euthanasia.
→ Safeguards and Oversight:
Implement Safeguards: Introduce measures to prevent abuse such as rigorous consent processes, multiple medical opinions
and oversight by ethics committees.
Monitor and Evaluate: Regularly review and assess the impact of euthanasia laws to ensure they are effective and to
address any emerging issues.
Euthanasia in Other Countries:

→ Switzerland: While euthanasia is prohibited, assisted dying is allowed if conducted in the presence of a physician.
→ Netherlands, Luxembourg, Belgium: These countries permit both euthanasia and assisted suicide for individuals experiencing “unbearable
suffering” with no prospect of improvement.
→ Canada- Euthanasia is allowed and is called medical assistance in dying (MAID) allowed for those with a serious, incurable illness or
disability who are in an advanced state of irreversible decline and suffer enduring, intolerable pain or distress.
→ United States: Euthanasia laws vary by state with some states such as Washington, Oregon and Montana allowing it.
→ United Kingdom: Euthanasia is illegal and considered equivalent to manslaughter
Conclusion
The debate on euthanasia encompasses profound ethical, legal, and medical considerations, reflecting a complex intersection of
human rights, compassion, and societal values. As societies grapple with these issues, it is essential to approach the topic with
sensitivity and rigour.
Corruption: A Historical and Contemporary Analysis with Kautilya’s Perspectives
Context
Recently, the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) in its Annual Report 2023
highlighted Ministry/ Department/ Sector-wise corruption complaints received and
disposed of against public officials.
Introduction
Corruption is a pervasive and ancient phenomenon that transcends time and
geography. It has been a consistent challenge throughout history from ancient to
modern times.
Historical Context of Corruption

→ Ancient Times: Corruption has been present since antiquity with early societies
grappling with it. Kautilya’s Arthashastra (321-300 B.C.) offers an in-depth look at
corruption and governance, recognizing its deep-rooted nature.
→ Medieval Period: During medieval times corruption continued to be a significant issue. The methods to address it evolved but
remained rooted in the same fundamental principles of oversight and accountability.
→ Modern Era: In the contemporary world corruption has become a global challenge affecting political, economic, and social
systems. Modern systems have developed new mechanisms for combating corruption but the fundamental nature of the
problem remains consistent.
Impact of Corruption
→ Impact on Social and Economic Development: Corruption disrupts social, political, and economic growth by diverting resources
from development goals, undermining economic stability and progress. It misallocates resources damaging the economy and
impeding sustainable development and equity.
→ Connection to Global Threats
Security Risks: Corruption exacerbates global threats such as terrorism, drug trafficking, bomb blasts and gun running. It
creates an environment where criminal activities flourish, endangering lives and security worldwide.
Interconnected Threats: Corruption in one region can contribute to global instability as its effects ripple across borders
impacting international security and peace. For example Cross border terrorism emanating from Pakistan.
88
→ Corruption and the Black Economy: Corruption promotes a parallel economy that undermines legal financial systems and
threatens political and economic stability by weakening institutions and governance. For example Black money often leads to
inflation reducing the effectiveness of Monetary Policy.
→ Influence on Developing Countries: Developing countries often suffer from corruption, worsened by the actions and scandals
of wealthier nations impacting their political and economic conditions.
→ Deterioration of Social Values: In highly corrupt countries law and order, peace, security and social cohesion are frequently
undermined with erosion of core ethical values such as honesty, empathy, compassion thereby lacking the Social Capital.
→ Corruption and Human Development
Correlation with Peace and Development: Countries with high corruption often have lower peace and human development
scores while those with low corruption generally fare better in these areas.
E.g.: In 2023 India ranked 93rd out of 180 countries in the Corruption Perceptions Index, 134th out of 193 in the Human
Development Index (indicating medium human development) and 116th out of 163 in the Global Peace Index 2024
Kautilya’s Perspective on Corruption

→ Wrote the Arthashastra as a comprehensive guide to statecraft, including governance and the management of corruption.
→ Defined corruption using the Sanskrit term “bhrash” meaning deviation or decay. He viewed corruption as an inherent aspect
of human nature and administration.
→ Kautilya noted that corruption was inevitable due to human desires and the nature of power. He used analogies such as honey
on the tongue and fish in water to illustrate the pervasiveness and subtlety of corruption.
Remedies for Corruption as suggested by Kautilya

→ Psychological and Behavioral Change
Objective: Transform the mindset of corrupt officials to prevent corruption permanently.
Implementation: Engage in training and awareness programs to instil ethical values and a sense of duty.
→ Comprehensive Audits and Accountability
Objective: Monitor all relevant officers both senior and junior in corruption cases.
Implementation: Conduct thorough investigations into the actions of all involved individuals. Treat those who cover up
corruption as equally guilty.
→ Regular Supervision and Oversight
Objective: Ensure ongoing scrutiny of officer activities.
Implementation: Appoint a special supervisory officer to regularly monitor departmental activities and maintain direct
communication with the ruling authority.
→ Regular Transfers of Public Servants
Objective: Prevent entrenched corruption by rotating officials.
Implementation: Implement a policy of regular transfers to minimize opportunities for corruption in any single department.
→ Establishment of an Information Organization
Objective: Facilitate anonymous reporting of corruption.
Implementation: Create a system where informers can report corruption confidentially to the ruling authority.
→ Punishment
Enforce strict penalties for corrupt practices by ensuring that penalties are proportional to the severity of the corruption.
Impose penalties equal to the full amount of fraud committed. Reward informers for accurate information and penalize
those providing false information.
Relevance of Kautilya’s remedies in today’s Context

→ Psychological transformation of corrupt individuals
Ancient context: Kautilya emphasized changing the mindset of corrupt individuals to view corruption as a sin.
Modern relevance: Instilling a sense of ethical wrongdoing in those engaging in corruption can transform their behavior.
Promoting a culture where integrity is valued can lead to cleaner governance.
→ Strict adherence to laws
Ancient context: Kautilya advocated for strict enforcement of laws to combat corruption.
Modern relevance: While contemporary societies have robust anti-corruption laws their effectiveness is often hindered by
a lack of awareness and enforcement. Adhering strictly to legal frameworks as Kautilya suggested can significantly reduce
corruption.
→ Accountability for covering up Corruption
Ancient context: According to Kautilya concealing a crime is itself a crime and those who support or cover up corruption
should also be punished.
Modern relevance: Holding witnesses and supporters of corrupt practices accountable can deter individuals from aiding or
tolerating corruption. Ensuring that those who protect corrupt individuals face consequences can help maintain a culture
of integrity.
→ Role of Information organizations
Ancient context: Kautilya proposed the establishment of an “Information Organization” to report corruption.
Modern relevance: Institutions like the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC), Lokayukta and Lokpal serve a similar function
today. Effective operation and utilization of these bodies are crucial for detecting and addressing corruption.
→ Strict Penalties and deterrence
Ancient context: Kautilya suggested severe punishments to deter corrupt activities.
Modern relevance: Strict penalties including heavy fines, imprisonment and public exposure can deter corruption. Recovery
of bribes and public shaming as demonstrated by former Central Vigilance Commission Commissioner N. Vittal are effective
measures.
→ Public Disclosure of Corruption
Ancient context: Kautilya advocated for the public disclosure of corrupt actions to deter future wrongdoing.
Modern relevance: Transparency through public disclosure of corrupt activities and individuals can have a profound impact
on reducing corruption. Publicly listing corrupt officials can create a deterrent effect and foster a culture of accountability.
Conclusion
Corruption remains a timeless challenge with deep historical roots. Kautilya’s insights into corruption offer valuable lessons that
are applicable even today. By integrating historical wisdom with modern practices, societies can better combat corruption and
work towards more transparent and accountable governance systems. The application of both traditional and contemporary
measures is essential to building a just and equitable society.
Source: Research Paper, https://dialnet.unirioja.es/descarga/articulo/5575885.pdf
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

India is a pioneer in mandating CSR through the Companies Act, 2013, making both spending and reporting compulsory. The
government ensures CSR activities align with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) emphasising that CSR is more than
charity.
What is CSR?
→ It is a management concept where companies integrate social and environmental concerns into their business operations and
stakeholder interactions.
→ It reflects a company’s commitment to contributing positively to society and the environment.
→ CSR is closely linked to sustainability and ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) principles focusing on balancing
economic, environmental and social goals while meeting the expectations of shareholders and stakeholders.
90
CSR Evolution
CSR has evolved significantly over the decades:
→ In the 1950s- it was seen as a societal obligation.
→ By the 1960s- it began to focus on the relationship between businesses and society.
→ From the 1970s to the 1990s- CSR expanded to include stakeholder engagement, ethics, voluntarism, philanthropy and environmental
stewardship emphasizing the Triple Bottom Line of people, planet and profit.
→ Today, CSR encompasses a broader range of issues including improving quality of life, human and labor rights, environmental concerns,
corruption, transparency and accountability.
CSR Legal Framework

→ Legal Foundation: CSR in India is governed by Section 135 and Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013 & the Companies (CSR
Policy) Rules, 2014 which set the standards for CSR eligibility, implementation, and reporting.
→ Criteria: Companies with a net worth of INR 5 billion, an annual turnover of INR 10 billion or a net profit of INR 50 million must
spend 2% of their average net profits over three years on CSR. Previously voluntary CSR is now mandatory with disclosure
requirements.
→ CSR Committee: A CSR Committee of at least three directors including one independent director is required. The Government
outlines eligible CSR activities in Schedule VII of the Companies Act.
→ Penalties: Companies failing to comply with CSR regulations regarding spending, transferring and utilizing funds face fines
ranging from INR 50,000 to INR 25 lakh.
→ 2019 Amendment: The 2019 amendment mandates that unspent CSR funds must be deposited into a specified fund by the
end of the fiscal year and used within three years or transferred to one of the designated funds.
Companies can also contribute to CSR funds, such as the Swachh Bharat Kosh, Clean Ganga Fund.
CSR Spending trends

→ CSR spending in India has steadily increased reaching ₹25,932.79 crore in 2021-22 up from ₹17,098.57
crore in 2017-18 (51.6% increase)
→ The health sector leads in CSR investments followed by education.
→ Major contributors include Reliance Industries, TCS, Infosys, ITC, NMDC, Mahanadi Coalfields and
Wipro.
→ Maharashtra tops the list of recipient states, followed by Karnataka, Gujarat, and Tamil Nadu.
→ In 2021-22 around 10,443 companies exceeded the mandatory 2% CSR spend up from 9,935 in 2020-
21 (5% increase)
Benefits of CSR Spending

→ Enhanced Corporate Accountability: CSR obligations promote transparency and accountability, requiring companies to disclose
their initiatives and expenditures which helps build trust and credibility with stakeholders.
→ Positive Social and Environmental Impact: CSR efforts drive advancements in education, healthcare and infrastructure with
companies actively contributing to societal improvements through their environmental and social initiatives.
→ Achievement of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): Corporations drive SDGs by leveraging creativity and innovation by
aligning CSR with goals like skill development for women to tackle poverty and gender equality.
→ CSR for Innovation and Technology Support: Since September 2019 CSR contributions have included funding for research
and development (R&D) and technology incubators boosting India’s innovation ecosystem through government and academic
partnerships
→ Responsible Business Practices and Customer Trust: Investing in CSR helps build a responsible business reputation & brand
value leading to competitive advantage by gaining customer loyalty and trust which can translate into financial benefits
→ Enhanced Employee Satisfaction and Retention: Responsible business practices enhance job satisfaction and create a
positive work environment leading to better employee retention and lower recruitment costs for companies with strong CSR
commitments.
→ Attracting Socially Responsible Investors (SRIs): SRIs favor companies with strong CSR practices and shared values. Such
companies often experience more shareholder engagement.
Challenges in CSR Spending

→ Regional Disparities in CSR Spending:
An Ashoka University report shows that CSR spending is concentrated in states like
Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat and Karnataka, which received about 54% of total
funding from 2014 to 2019.
In contrast, less funding goes to resource-poor and populous states like Uttar
Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh.
→ Sectoral Imbalances: From 2014-18, CSR funding mainly supported education (37%)
and health and sanitation (29%) while only 9% went to environmental initiatives
despite the significant environmental impact of industries like mining.
→ Insufficient Transparency and disclosure: Many corporations provide inadequate
CSR disclosure leading to trust issues with communities. The Standing Committee on
Finance notes that CSR spending information is often insufficient and difficult to access.
→ Risk of Greenwashing:
Some companies engage in ‘greenwashing’ superficially meeting CSR requirements without making a real impact which
misleads stakeholders and harms CSR credibility.
Example: Volkswagen flaunting Emission norms
→ Disconnect with the Community: CSR projects are often designed and driven by companies without adequate input from local
communities which often result in initiatives that do not align with the actual needs of the beneficiaries.
CSR Case Studies: National

→ Dabur India Ltd: Implemented water harvesting and conservation in Rajasthan, benefiting 1,200 farmers with year-round water availability
and improved crop yields in 6 villages.
→ Tata Steel Ltd: Reduced neonatal mortality in Jharkhand from 96% to 32.7% and infant mortality from 26.5% within 3 years through
healthcare and awareness initiatives across 167 villages.
→ Toyota Kirloskar Motor: Launched the Green Me Project, introducing environmental education in 35 government schools.
CSR Case Studies: Global
→ Lego’s Commitment to Sustainability- As a World Wildlife Fund Climate Savers Partner, Lego aims to cut its carbon footprint, use eco-
friendly materials for all products by 2030 and eliminate single-use plastic packaging by 2025. The company has invested $164 million in its
Sustainable Materials Center to develop bio-based materials.
→ Ben & Jerry’s - In 2012, the company became a certified B Corporation—a business that balances purpose and profit by meeting the
highest standards of social and environmental performance, public transparency, and legal accountability.
It prioritizes social impact alongside premium ice cream production.
92
Way Forward
→ Centralized CSR Platform: The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) should create a national platform for listing eligible CSR
projects. This would help companies allocate their CSR funds effectively, supported by resources like Invest India’s CSR Projects
Repository. The platform would also aid projects in aspirational districts and those under the Sansad Adarsh Gram Yojana.
→ Sectoral Balance- Environmental Focus: Companies should allocate at least 25% of their CSR funds to environmental restoration
reflecting the growing impacts of climate change in various regions.
→ Community Involvement: CSR projects should be developed and executed with active participation from local communities,
district administrations, and public representatives.
→ Strengthened Monitoring:
CSR Audit Integration: Implement the 2018 committee’s recommendations by integrating CSR spending in statutory
financial audits and mandating third-party impact assessments to prevent fraud.
Conduct pilot third-party assessments for 5% of CSR projects, as recommended by the Injeti Srinivas Committee.
Increase MCA and departmental oversight of CSR spending.
→ Improved Reporting: Enhance disclosure requirements for CSR activities to improve transparency regarding project selection,
locations, and implementing agencies.
→ Social Impact Companies: Develop ‘Social Impact Companies’ that focus on achieving social outcomes while allowing for
conditional profit distribution.
Injeti Srinivas Committee Report on CSR

→ Tax Deduction: Allow CSR expenses to be deducted from taxable income.
→ New Companies: Clarify that CSR obligations for newly incorporated companies apply only after three years of existence.
→ Unspent Funds: Permit carrying forward unspent CSR balances for up to five years.
→ Funding Restrictions: Prevent CSR from being used to fill funding gaps for government schemes.
→ Alignment with SDGs: Align Schedule VII of the Companies Act with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and include
additional areas like senior citizens’ welfare, disaster management, and heritage
→ Impact Assessment: Introduce impact assessment studies for CSR obligations of ₹5 crore or more.
→ CSR Exchange Portal: Develop a CSR exchange portal to connect contributors, beneficiaries, and agencies, facilitate CSR in social benefit
bonds, and promote social impact companies.
PYQ
In the contemporary world, the corporate sector’s contribution in generating wealth and employment is increasing. In doing so, they are
bringing in unprecedented onslaught on the climate, environmental sustainability and living conditions of human beings. In this background,
are Responsibility (CSR) efficient and sufficient enough to fulfill the social roles and responsibilities needed in the corporate work mandated?
Critically examine. (2022)
Source: The Hindu: Policy Soon to Channel CSR funds to education
Corporate Social Responsibility in Sports
Context
Sarabjot Singh the second Indian to medal at the Paris Olympics success highlights the vital role of systemic and financial support
in costly sports like shooting.
Government and Corporate Involvement

Governments are increasingly balancing sports funding with developmental needs. CSR has become a key factor in this balance
with major companies like Reliance, Tata, JSW and Infosys investing in sports infrastructure and athlete support.
Legislative Changes
Two key legislative moves have spurred this transformation:
→ Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013: Mandates CSR projects for companies meeting certain financial criteria, including
sports training.
→ 2016 Amendment: Expanded CSR activities to include sports infrastructure and science support.
Impact and Examples:

These legislative changes have led to significant investments in sports:
→ Reliance Foundation Athletics High Performance Centre
→ JSW Inspire Institute of Sports
→ Infosys Foundation’s Prakash Padukone Badminton Academy
Growth in CSR Investments:

CSR funding in sports grew from ₹58 crore in 2014-15 to ₹242 crore in 2020-21 reflecting a 27% annual growth rate consistent
with overall CSR growth.
Models of CSR Engagement:

→ Public-Private Partnerships: E.g., Odisha government and Reliance Foundation.
→ Corporate Management: E.g., Tata Group’s sports academies.
→ Non-Profit Organizations: E.g., OGQ and GoSports, bridging corporates and the sports world.
Notable Results:
Successful partnerships have improved training facilities, access to sports science,
and support systems. For example, the Infosys Foundation and OGQ’s support
helped Lakshya Sen achieve significant milestones.
Focus on Women and Differently Abled Athletes:

Initiatives like the ‘Girls for Gold’ program support talented women athletes and
improve infrastructure, as seen with the weightlifting academy funded by Infosys
Foundation and GoSports.
Challenges and Limitations:

Despite growth CSR in sports remains a small fraction of overall CSR spending (1%).
It is also concentrated in a few states and often overlaps with marketing efforts
rather than pure philanthropy.
Challenges in Sports Funding:

In developing countries funding for sports is often overshadowed by more pressing issues like education, health and sanitation.
Sports are frequently seen as a luxury rather than a necessity.
Conclusion:
The private sector’s involvement in sports through CSR has transformed Indian sports, contributing to athlete success and
infrastructure development. However, ongoing efforts are needed to ensure broader and more effective investment in the future
of sports.
PYQ
Corporate social responsibility makes companies more profitable and sustainable. Analyse
Source: The Hindu: CSR Wings for India’s Olympic dreams
94
Understanding Empathy: Perspectives and Practices
Definition
Empathy coined by Edward B. Titchener involves deeply connecting with another’s emotional experience. It can also be described
as “putting yourself in another person’s shoes” highlighting its cognitive and emotional dimensions.
Other Perspectives
→ Empathy also involves recognizing and compassionately sharing another’s emotions enhancing our ability to support and
understand each other.
→ Practical Aspect of empathy- It involves active listening and meeting others’ needs which is crucial for providing genuine
support.
Forms of Empathy:
→ Cognitive Empathy: Understanding another’s mental state and thoughts.
→ Affective Empathy: Sharing and resonating with others’ emotions.
→ Somatic Empathy: Experiencing physical sensations in response to others’ emotional states.
Benefits of Empathy
→ Enhancing Personal Relationships: Empathy fosters deeper connections, improves communication and resolves conflicts
enhancing emotional intelligence and trust.
→ Promoting Altruism and Community: Empathy inspires prosocial behaviours fostering community support and charitable
actions.
→ Reducing Prejudice and Enhancing Inclusivity: Empathy helps break down biases fostering inclusivity and reducing
discrimination.
→ Supporting Mental Health: Empathy creates supportive environments reducing stigma and encouraging open discussions
about mental health.
Building Awareness:
→ Active Listening and Mindfulness: Essential for understanding emotions and staying present.
→ Self-Awareness and Emotional Reflection: Crucial for managing one’s emotions and identifying biases.
Challenges and Boundaries

→ Empathy can lead to emotional overwhelm and burnout. Setting boundaries and practicing self-care are vital.
→ It is suggested to balance empathy with self-care through therapy and mindfulness.
Conclusion
Empathy is a powerful tool for personal and societal well-being. By developing empathy we enhance our emotional intelligence,
build stronger relationships and contribute to a more compassionate and inclusive world.
PYQ
Apart from intellectual competency and moral qualities, empathy and compassion are some of the other vital attributes that facilitate the civil
servants to be more competent in tackling the crucial issues or taking critical decisions. Explain with suitable illustrations
Source: Livemint: What does it mean to be actively empathetic?
UK Civil Servants Could be Given means to raise Ethical Concerns
Context:
A new report proposes that UK civil servants should have a formal method to publicly raise concerns about ethical issues if they
are asked to breach ethical codes by ministers.
→ Report Details:
Proposal: Civil servants could use “ministerial directions”- a type of public letter to raise concerns about ethical dilemmas.
Integrity Mismatch: The report highlights the conflict between politicians, driven by political motives, and civil servants,
who must uphold high ethical standards, often leading to ethical dilemmas for civil servants enforcing political decisions.
Integrity Standards: Higher ethical standards expected of civil servants compared to politicians, who often make complex,
politically-driven decisions.
Need to give civil servants means to raise ethical concerns

→ Integrity of the Public Service:
Maintaining Standards: Providing a safe and effective way for civil servants to raise ethical concerns helps maintain the
integrity and high standards of public service.
Preventing Misconduct: It can prevent and address unethical behavior or misconduct ensuring that government operations
are transparent and accountable.
→ Protecting Whistleblowers:
Safeguarding Individuals: A structured mechanism protects those who report unethical practices from retaliation ensuring
they can raise concerns without fear of negative repercussions.
Encouraging Reporting: When civil servants know their concerns will be taken seriously and handled confidentially, they
are more likely to report issues.
→ Improving Organizational Culture:
Fostering Ethical Behavior: Open channels for raising ethical concerns promote a culture of integrity and ethical behavior
within public institutions.
Building Trust: It helps build trust between civil servants and the public demonstrating a commitment to ethical standards
and accountability.
→ Enhancing Accountability:
Addressing Issues Promptly: Effective mechanisms allow for the timely investigation and resolution of ethical concerns
ensuring that issues are addressed before they escalate.
Strengthening Oversight: It enhances the oversight and review processes within public institutions contributing to overall
governance quality.
→ Legal and Ethical Obligations:
Ethical Frameworks: It aligns with ethical frameworks that emphasize transparency, accountability and the responsibility of
public officials to uphold ethical standards.
Challenges and Risks of Facilitating Ethical Reporting for Civil Servants

→ Risk of Misuse:
False Claims: Some individuals might use the mechanism to file false or malicious claims which can lead to unnecessary
investigations and damage to reputations.
→ Disruptive Behavior: The system might be exploited to disrupt operations or create internal conflicts, affecting organizational
efficiency.
→ Fear of Retaliation: Even with protections civil servants may fear retaliation impacting their willingness to report misconduct.
→ Resource Constraints:
Cost of Implementation: Establishing and maintaining a robust system for handling ethical concerns requires resources,
including staff, training, and infrastructure.
96
Investigation Burden: Handling complaints and conducting investigations can be resource-intensive, potentially diverting
focus from other critical tasks.
→ Impact on Morale and Culture: Culture of Suspicion: Overemphasis on reporting mechanisms can create a culture of suspicion
and mistrust among staff impacting morale and teamwork.
→ Complexity of Ethical Issues: Ambiguity and Varied Standards: Complex ethical issues and differing interpretations of what
constitutes unethical behavior can lead to inconsistent assessment and handling without clear guidelines and expertise.
→ Compromise on important Civil Service Value: Risk of Partisanship and compromise on impartiality of the Civil Servants which
are important Civil Service Value.
Way Forward
→ Develop Robust Mechanisms: Establish clear, accessible channels for reporting ethical concerns. These should ensure
confidentiality and protection from retaliation.
→ Implement Comprehensive Training: Provide regular training for civil servants on ethical standards, reporting procedures and
how to handle ethical dilemmas.
→ Address Potential Misuse: Design safeguards to prevent abuse of the reporting system, such as clear guidelines and checks to
handle false or malicious claims.
→ Evaluate and Adapt: Continuously assess the effectiveness of ethical reporting mechanisms and make adjustments based on
feedback and emerging challenges.
→ Ethics Training: Both civil servants and politicians need practical ethics training beyond theoretical principles.
→ Institutional Responsibility: Establish a dedicated role or institution such as a director general of ethics and propriety in the
Cabinet Office to oversee ethical standards.
→ ‘Ethics and Integrity commission’ can be established at State & Centre level under Chief Minister Office and Prime Minister
Office respectively as suggested by 2nd ARC.
Source: The Guardian- UK civil servants could be given means to raise ethical concerns, report suggests
Contemporary examples/Case Study which can be used in Ethics Paper
Example of Compassion
Community-Driven Winter Aid: “Neki ki Diwar” Supports Those in Need in Jharia

→ A community initiative led by youths from Dhanbad (Jharkhand) is assisting those in need during the cold season.
→ The “Neki ki Diwar” (Wall of Goodness) at KC Girls School in Jharia offers winter clothing, such as sweaters, jackets and blankets,
hung on a wall for anyone in need to take without asking.
→ This effort targets individuals who are financially struggling but maintain their dignity and prefer not to beg.
Idukki woman offers breast milk to infants of Wayanad landslide site

→ In response to the devastating landslides in Wayanad which orphaned man, including infants, Sajin Parekkara and his wife
Bhavana volunteered to provide breast milk to the infants at relief camps.
→ The couple travelled 400 km to Meppady and planned to spend time at the camps providing support to the affected children.
→ Their selfless act reflects a deep commitment to aiding those in need during the crisis.
Example of Emotional Intelligence:
Neeraj Chopra’s Emotional Journey: From Frustration to Graceful Acceptance at the Tokyo Games
→ Neeraj Chopra’s reaction to his Tokyo Games performance reflects his complex emotional range.
→ Initially frustrated and visibly angry at not defending his gold medal, Chopra quickly regained his composure and maintained a
respectful and self-deprecating attitude.
→ Despite finishing second to Pakistan’s Arshad Nadeem, he acknowledged the outcome gracefully.
→ Chopra’s ability to transition from anger to a pragmatic view highlights how top athletes manage emotions and accept the
unpredictable nature of competition, using setbacks as motivation for future success.
Anthony Joshua: Balancing Fierce Competitiveness with a Warm, Philanthropic Persona

→ Anthony Joshua: This duality is mirrored in other athletes like Anthony Joshua, who balances his fierce competitiveness in the
ring with a warm, philanthropic personality outside of it.
→ Joshua’s metaphor of the lion illustrates how athletes can switch between their intense, competitive selves and their gentler,
everyday personas.
Case Study: Portugal’s radical drug policy has led to substantial improvements in public health and safety.
Portugal’s Drug Policy Reform (2001):

→ Overview of Reform:
Portugal’s drug policy reform began in 2001 transitioning from a criminalization model to a health-focused approach.
Key Changes included Decriminalization of drug possession with criminal penalties replaced by warnings, fines and access
to support services via local commissions.
→ Impacts of the Reform:
Cultural and Systemic Shifts:
The reform represented a broader cultural shift towards viewing addiction as a health issue rather than a criminal one.
Enhanced coordination among health, psychiatric, and social services
Health Outcome: Significant reductions in overdose deaths, HIV and hepatitis infections.
Social Outcomes: Declines in drug-related crime and incarceration rates.
Drug Education and Youth Impact:
Educational Approach: Shifted from abstinence-based drug education to more inclusive strategies.
Youth Statistics: Consistently lower drug use rates among schoolchildren compared to the European average with a
gradual decline in recent years.
Perceived Drug Availability: Lower perceived availability of drugs among Portuguese youth compared to the European
average
Empowering Young Girls in Rural Governance: Yergi’s Balika Panchayat Tackles Social Issues and Promotes
Education
→ In Yergi (Nanded district) a decrease in alcoholism is credited to a group of girls aged 12-18 from the Balika Panchayat initiative.
This mock panchayat, inspired by a Gujarat program and introduced by IAS officer Minal Karanwal, engages girls in addressing
local issues and learning governance.
→ The Balika Panchayat in Yergi has also addressed child marriages, raised awareness about elephantiasis and led a cleanliness
drive. Structured like a real gram panchayat it includes roles such as sarpanch filled by 18-year-old Mahadevi Danevar.
→ In its second phase the initiative is drafting resolutions including one for guaranteed higher education for all girls.
Nainital Cantonment Becomes India’s First Constitutionally Literate Cantonment

Nainital Cantonment is India’s first constitutionally literate cantonment, thanks to an educational campaign by IDES officer Varun
Kumar, inspired by his UPSC preparation to boost civic knowledge and constitutional awareness.
Initiation and Strategy:

→ The initiative began with a baseline survey showing only 12-13% constitutional knowledge among locals.
→ A three-month campaign involved partnerships with educational institutions like JNU and IIT Kanpur.
→ Activities included door-to-door surveys, workshops, street plays (nukkad nataks), LED displays and screenings of educational
films.
98
Achievements and Impact:

→ By the end of the campaign 95-96% of residents were knowledgeable about their constitutional rights and duties.
→ A “Park of Equality” featuring key constitutional elements was established.
→ The initiative received recognition from the Ministry of Defence and set a model for other regions.
The initiative has not only raised civic awareness but also fostered a deeper understanding of constitutional values among
Nainital’s residents.
Example of Empathy:
ECI Introduces Home Voting for Elderly and PwDs in 2024 Lok Sabha Elections
→ In a groundbreaking move for the 2024 Lok Sabha elections, the Election Commission of India (ECI) has introduced home voting
for elderly individuals over 85 and Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) with 40% disability.
→ This initiative aims to enhance inclusivity and accessibility, allowing voters in these categories to cast their ballots from home.

SIPSIMMagazineAugust 1726652715-3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIPSIMMagazineAugust 1726652715-3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIPSIMMagazineAugust 1726652715-3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Success in Prelims

7.12. Californium Metal ........................................ 44 10.8. Lakhpati Didi Scheme .................................. 61

7.13. EOS-08 Mission ............................................ 44 11. Places In News .................................................. 62

7.15. Jupiter Icy Moons Explorer (JUICE) 11.2. Nigeria ........................................................... 63

9.4. Cloudburst .................................................... 52 13.3. Kumki Elephant ........................................... 68

9.5. Copper Production in the World ................ 53 13.4. Creator’s Economy....................................... 68

9.7. Renaming of Geological Structures in

1. Polity And Governance

About Performance Audit

1.2. Calling Attention Motion

About Calling Attention Motion

About NCLAT (National Company Law Appellate Tribunal)

1.4. Appointments Committee of the Cabinet

About Appointments Committee of the Cabinet

About Border Security Force

1.5. L-G Can Nominate 10 Aldermen To Delhi Corporation, Rules SC

Powers of L-G in relation to Nomination

Amendments And Constitutional Provisions

1.6. Justify inclusion of 77 Castes in OBC list: SC to Bengal Govt.

Process of Inclusion of Communities in Central OBC List

Articles and Amendments

Commissions Constituted For OBCs

1.7. Predicate Offense

About Predicate Offense

1.8. Twin Conditions of Bail Under PMLA

Twin conditions of bail under PMLA

1.9. Motion for Removal of Vice-President

1.10. Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC)

About Joint Parliamentary Committee

Powers of the committee

1.11. Right to Free Movement

About Right to Free Movement

Reasonable Restrictions on Right to Free Movement

Related Supreme court Judgement

1.12. Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, 2012 (POCSO)

Key features of POCSO Act

Amendment in POCSO Act (2019)

The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR)

1.13. Civil Services Board

About Civil Services Board (CSB)

1.14. Bar Council of India

About Bar Council of India (BCI)

Who is an Advocate on Record (AOR)?

2.1. Axis of Resistance

Formation and Purpose of the 'Axis of Resistance'

Key Groups in the 'Axis of Resistance'

2.2. Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic

Origin and Membership

2.3. Promoting Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work (FPRW) Project

Why was it launched?

About FPRW Project

2.4. International Criminal Court

About International Criminal Court (ICC)

2.5. Pacific Islands Forum

About Pacific Islands Forum (PIF)

2.6. India-Japan 2+2 Dialogue

What is 2+2 Dialogue?

2.7. Indo-Pacific Maritime Domain Awareness (IPDMA)

Index Of Eight Core Industries